From 50487249aaae4d694d9d6f60b64de16376e8f54f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:21:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4ec6a233b7..04aa509cac 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2294,7 +2294,7 @@ ACT 15 41 cbat writing-pronouns διήρχετο 1 The pronoun **he** refers to ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-synecdoche διήρχετο 1 he went through Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 15 41 s7yf figs-metonymy ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 Luke is using the term **churches** to refer to the people associated with the churches.If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Luke does not mean that Paul and Silas strengthened the people of the churches physically but that they strengthened them spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches in their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting- Verses 1–5 describe how Paul began his second missionary journey and met Timothy and brought him along with him.- Verses 6–12 describe how the Holy Spirit led Paul and his companions to share the gospel in the city of Philippi- Verses 13–40 describe how Paul and Silas made disciples in Philippi, delivered a young woman from an evil spirit, and were imprisoned but miraculously released. Acts [16:5](../16/05.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the fourth major part of the book.## Special concepts in this chapter

### Timothy’s circumcision

Paul circumcised Timothy because he and Silas were telling the message of Jesus to Jews as well as to Gentiles. Many Jews would have been so offended that Timothy was not circumcised, even though his mother was Jewish, that they would not have listened to the message. Paul felt that he could have Timothy circumcised as a discretionary matter to remove an offense to hearing the gospel, even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Gentile believers did not have to be circumcised.

+ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting- Verses 1–5 describe how Paul began his second missionary journey and met Timothy and brought him along with him.- Verses 6–12 describe how the Holy Spirit led Paul and his companions to share the gospel in the city of Philippi- Verses 13–40 describe how Paul and Silas made disciples in Philippi, delivered a young woman from an evil spirit, and were imprisoned but miraculously released. Acts [16:5](../16/05.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the fourth major part of the book.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Timothy’s circumcision\n\nPaul circumcised Timothy because he and Silas were telling the message of Jesus to Jews as well as to Gentiles. Many Jews would have been so offended that Timothy was not circumcised, even though his mother was Jewish, that they would not have listened to the message. Paul felt that he could have Timothy circumcised as a discretionary matter to remove an offense to hearing the gospel, even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Gentile believers did not have to be circumcised.\n\n ACT 16 1 m5tb figs-synecdoche κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas also came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 16 1 rhut figs-idiom κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says that Paul **came down** to Derbe and Lystra because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Paul likely travel by sea from Syria to Cilicia, and Luke is saying that he then also went to Derbe and to Lystra. Alternate translation: “he also traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came down If you retain the idiom, it may be more natural in your language to say “went” rather than **came**. Alternate translation: “he also went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 9e4e1a8694a6d587e949cf7a4725e71cd067d537 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:23:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 04aa509cac..aa4f69e22e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting- V ACT 16 1 m5tb figs-synecdoche κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas also came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 16 1 rhut figs-idiom κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says that Paul **came down** to Derbe and Lystra because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Paul likely travel by sea from Syria to Cilicia, and Luke is saying that he then also went to Derbe and to Lystra. Alternate translation: “he also traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came down If you retain the idiom, it may be more natural in your language to say “went” rather than **came**. Alternate translation: “he also went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -ACT 16 1 u3vr figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on the new character he is about to introduce. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 16 1 u3vr figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on the new character he is about to introduce. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 1 f49m writing-participants μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος 1 Luke is using the phrase **a certain disciple** to introduce **Timothy** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a disciple there named Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 16 1 mc9i figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 By **there**, Luke implicitly means the city of Lystra. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in Lystra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 1 l0w5 translate-names Τιμόθεος 1 The word **Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From c3e9ab23503d61dd634b819864242be73b1a3dae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:29:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index aa4f69e22e..ea7147addf 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2300,18 +2300,18 @@ ACT 16 1 rhut figs-idiom κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says that Paul * ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Paul also came down If you retain the idiom, it may be more natural in your language to say “went” rather than **came**. Alternate translation: “he also went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 16 1 u3vr figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on the new character he is about to introduce. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 1 f49m writing-participants μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος 1 Luke is using the phrase **a certain disciple** to introduce **Timothy** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a disciple there named Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 16 1 mc9i figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 By **there**, Luke implicitly means the city of Lystra. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in Lystra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 1 mc9i figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 By **there**, Luke means the city of Lystra. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in Lystra” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 1 l0w5 translate-names Τιμόθεος 1 The word **Timothy** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς 1 a believing Jewish woman By **believing**, Luke implicitly means believing in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς 1 a believing Jewish woman By **believing**, Luke means believing in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 1 vh73 figs-idiom πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος 1 Luke is describing Timothy’s father in an idiomatic way. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular kind of person. Alternate translation: “but whose father was Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Alternate translation: “The brothers in Lystra and Iconium spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “The brothers in Lystra and Iconium spoke well of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 2 rez2 figs-metaphor ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 3 p6z8 figs-explicit περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 he circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself **circumcised** Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise him.You can include that information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “he had him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 3 bdd6 writing-pronouns τοῦτον 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Timothy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Timothy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 16 3 za93 figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews who were in those places By **those places**, Luke implicitly means the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 3 za93 figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews who were in those places By **those places**, Luke means the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Luke assumes that his readers will know that **Greek** men did not have their sons circumcised, and so the Jews would have known that Timothy had not been circumcised. As a result, they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “for they all knew that his father was a Greek and that he therefore had not been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 3 pybf figs-hyperbole ᾔδεισαν…ἅπαντες 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they knew very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 16 4 n46i writing-pronouns διεπορεύοντο…παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Silas, and Timothy, and the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the cities they were visiting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were going… they were delivering to the believers in those cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 16 4 n46i writing-pronouns διεπορεύοντο…παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Silas, and Timothy, and the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the cities they were visiting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were going … they were delivering to the believers in those cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 16 4 bu6r figs-ellipsis αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep Luke is writing in a compact way. You can explain his meaning more fully if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were delivering to the believers the decrees that had been decided by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, and they were instructing the believers to keep those decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Paul, Silas, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were strengthening the churches in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b138db5b595480a114468356e88a4e4492b16a61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:33:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ea7147addf..04048e7eb6 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ ACT 16 3 za93 figs-explicit διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄ ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Luke assumes that his readers will know that **Greek** men did not have their sons circumcised, and so the Jews would have known that Timothy had not been circumcised. As a result, they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “for they all knew that his father was a Greek and that he therefore had not been circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 3 pybf figs-hyperbole ᾔδεισαν…ἅπαντες 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “they knew very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 16 4 n46i writing-pronouns διεπορεύοντο…παρεδίδοσαν αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Silas, and Timothy, and the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the cities they were visiting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were going … they were delivering to the believers in those cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 16 4 bu6r figs-ellipsis αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep Luke is writing in a compact way. You can explain his meaning more fully if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were delivering to the believers the decrees that had been decided by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, and they were instructing the believers to keep those decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 16 4 bu6r figs-ellipsis αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to keep Luke is writing in a compact way. You can explain his meaning more fully if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the believers the decrees that had been decided by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, and they were instructing the believers to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was Paul, Silas, and Timothy. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silas, and Timothy were strengthening the churches in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 6 dhmn grammar-connect-logic-result διῆλθον…τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ Γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia, they went through Phrygia and the Galatian region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From adef69126688794d64c08990f2fb94417fc6bd84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:38:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 04048e7eb6..812da46cd0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ ACT 16 7 b539 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the Spirit of Jes ACT 16 8 s6l1 figs-idiom κατέβησαν 1 they came down to the city of Troas Luke says that Paul, Silas, and Timothy **came down** to Troas because that city is lower in elevation than Mysia. Alternate translation: “they traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 8 xq6n figs-go κατέβησαν 1 they came down In a context such as this, if you retain the idiom, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 16 8 h9d3 translate-names Τρῳάδα 1 The word **Troas** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς 1 Coming over into Macedonia The man in the vision uses the phrase **coming over** because **Macedonia** is across the sea from Troas. Alternate translation: “Coming across the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς 1 Coming over into Macedonia The man in the vision uses the phrase **coming over** because **Macedonia** is across the sea from Troas. Alternate translation: "across the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 9 tzxh figs-idiom ἀνὴρ Μακεδών τις 1 Luke is describing this man in an idiomatic way. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular kind of person. Alternate translation: “A certain man of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 10 q0c7 writing-pronouns εἶδεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 16 10 fg5h figs-explicit ἐζητήσαμεν…προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them Luke assumes that his readers will understand that he says **we** and **us** because he joined Paul and his other companions at this point in the story. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what is happening. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 53afe848d75d9c331621d6a1e075bbc3620c418c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:40:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 812da46cd0..28ebce4bb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ ACT 16 10 fg5h figs-explicit ἐζητήσαμεν…προσκέκληται ACT 16 10 e884 figs-exclusive ἐζητήσαμεν…προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 Luke is using the pronouns **we** and **us** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 16 10 iu0e writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the people of Macedonia. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the people of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Samothrace … Neapolis The word **Samothrace** is the name of an island, and the word **Neapolis** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 11 ojte figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the next day we sailed to Neapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 16 11 ojte figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the next day we sailed to Neapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 12 c8ox figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Φιλίππους 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and from there we traveled overland to Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 12 y0z5 translate-names Φιλίππους…Μακεδονίας 1 The word **Philippi** is the name of a city, and the word **Macedonia** is the name of a district. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 16 12 thk7 figs-explicit κολωνία 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **colony**, he means a Roman colony. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Philippi is a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 75793e0f5321339ba2adb81126438c75853cd240 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:50:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 28ebce4bb7..e37598a7fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Sam ACT 16 11 ojte figs-ellipsis τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and the next day we sailed to Neapolis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 12 c8ox figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Φιλίππους 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and from there we traveled overland to Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 12 y0z5 translate-names Φιλίππους…Μακεδονίας 1 The word **Philippi** is the name of a city, and the word **Macedonia** is the name of a district. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 16 12 thk7 figs-explicit κολωνία 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **colony**, he means a Roman colony. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Philippi is a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 12 thk7 figs-explicit κολωνία 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **colony** he means a Roman colony. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Philippi is a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a colony In the Roman empire, a **colony** was a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. This information will become important later in the story. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony, where Roman citizens had special rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία…ἤκουεν 1 a certain woman named Lydia Luke is using the phrase **a certain woman** to introduce **Lydia** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia … who was listening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 16 14 se6e translate-names Λυδία 1 The word **Lydia** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ το ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη 1 And when she was baptized, and her household If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is likely from the context that it was Paul. Alternate translation: “when Paul baptized her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 15 lv50 figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and her household was also baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς 1 her household Here, **her household** refers to all the people who lived in Lydia’s house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 15 igcw figs-yousingular κεκρίκατέ 1 The word **you** is plural. Lydia is addressing Paul and his companions. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ACT 16 15 igcw figs-yousingular κεκρίκατέ 1 The word **you** is plural here. Lydia is addressing Paul and his companions. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) ACT 16 15 g8ul writing-politeness τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 Lydia is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 16 15 xnkk figs-imperative εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, μένετε 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please come to my house and stay with me as my guests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 16 15 hkh3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Luke is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 7da6837bb508fdb284dc270c098fba13b5e3a507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 23:56:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e37598a7fe..0e7df28e8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ ACT 16 15 xnkk figs-imperative εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκό ACT 16 15 hkh3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Luke is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his traveling companions, but not to his readers, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 16 16 ufy4 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 16 16 y1gc writing-participants παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνα, ὑπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν 1 a certain young female slave Luke is using the phrase **a certain young female slave** to introduce this woman as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a certain young female slave who had a Python spirit and who met us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 16 16 ymt9 figs-metonymy πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination Luke is describing the **spirit** that enabled this woman to tell fortunes by association with the Pythian serpent that the ancient Greeks believed to have guarded the oracle at Delphi. This was not an actual god named Python, it was a demonic spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spirit of divination” or “a demonic spirit that enabled her to tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 16 ymt9 figs-metonymy πνεῦμα Πύθωνα 1 a spirit of divination Luke is describing the **spirit** that enabled this woman to tell fortunes by association with the Pythian serpent that the ancient Greeks believed to have guarded the oracle at Delphi. This was not an actual god named Python; it was a demonic spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spirit of divination” or “a demonic spirit that enabled her to tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 16 16 h2c5 translate-names Πύθωνα 1 The word **Python** is the name of a pagan god. However, Luke is using the name here by association to mean a demonic spirit of divination. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation This woman is speaking as if **salvation** were a **way** or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “how you can receive salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 17 gsbj figs-abstractnouns ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in UST: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 38c2f6f56d96db546447fc368a85fd5d237cfcb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:02:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0e7df28e8b..e792b91544 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ ACT 16 17 tni9 figs-metaphor ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 the way of salvation ACT 16 17 gsbj figs-abstractnouns ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in UST: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she greatly annoyed Paul, so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 16 18 u4z8 figs-idiom ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, term does not mean a literal hour of sixty minutes, it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it came out that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 16 18 u4z8 figs-idiom ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes; it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it came out that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone The implication is that the **masters** could no longer **profit** from the woman because she could no longer tell fortunes. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that their hope of profit had gone because their young female slave could no longer tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 19 bws7 translate-unknown εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace The **marketplace** was a public area for business where the buying and selling of goods and services took place. If you have a term in your language for such an area, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “into the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 16 19 hf82 figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities The implication is that the masters of the young female slave brought Paul and Silas **to the rulers** in order to charge them with a crime and have them punished. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the rulers so that they would judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c91cd422b4b0571048cbac22d65d1429ecdd6f8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:10:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e792b91544..c459904d62 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ ACT 16 17 gsbj figs-abstractnouns ὁδὸν σωτηρίας 1 If your languag ACT 16 18 lj79 figs-activepassive διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας 1 But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she greatly annoyed Paul, so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 18 qi1k figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here the **name** of Jesus represents his authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 16 18 u4z8 figs-idiom ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 it came out that same hour In the ancient world, an **hour** was the shortest time span that people envisioned. In this context, the term does not mean a literal hour of 60 minutes; it means the shortest time imaginable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it came out that instant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone The implication is that the **masters** could no longer **profit** from the woman because she could no longer tell fortunes. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that their hope of profit had gone because their young female slave could no longer tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 19 r1a1 figs-explicit ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν 1 when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone The implication is that the **masters** could no longer **profit** from the woman because she could no longer tell fortunes. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “her masters, when they saw that their hope of profit had gone because their young female slave could no longer tell fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 19 bws7 translate-unknown εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν 1 into the marketplace The **marketplace** was a public area for business where the buying and selling of goods and services took place. If you have a term in your language for such an area, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “into the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 16 19 hf82 figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας 1 before the authorities The implication is that the masters of the young female slave brought Paul and Silas **to the rulers** in order to charge them with a crime and have them punished. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to the rulers so that they would judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 20 wn77 figs-metonymy ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν 1 The masters of the slave girl are referring to the people of the city by association with the city itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of our city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e11c2366bd01929e27a65767371130a1adcb58df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:30:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c459904d62..c1b9d6f188 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2381,8 +2381,8 @@ ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison Luke is using one part of the prison, its **foundations**, to refer to the entire prison in the state of being **shaken**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a shaking that began in the prison’s foundations shook the entire prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 the chains of everyone were unfastened If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the chains of all came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 16 26 b540 figs-explicit πάντων 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **all**, he means all the prisoners. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “all the prisoners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 27 cwt5 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 he was about to kill himself Luke assumes that his readers will know that the punishment in the Roman Empire for allowing prisoners to escape was death. The jailer thought his prisoners had escaped, and he preferred to commit suicide rather than face trial and execution. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “he was about to kill himself, because he thought that his prisoners had escaped and he knew that he would be tried and executed for allowing them to escape, and he did not want to go through that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 26 b540 figs-explicit πάντων 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **all** he means all the prisoners. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “all the prisoners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 16 27 cwt5 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 he was about to kill himself Luke assumes that his readers will know that death was the punishment in the Roman Empire for allowing prisoners to escape. The jailer thought his prisoners had escaped, and he preferred to commit suicide rather than face trial and execution. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “he was about to kill himself, because he thought that his prisoners had escaped and he knew that he would be tried and executed for allowing them to escape, and he did not want to go through that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 27 viov figs-activepassive ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the prison doors were open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 28 ljy6 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 By **we**, Paul means himself and the other prisoners but not the jailer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 16 28 s2s2 figs-imperative μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an urgent request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hurt yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) From 4e81078b6a8578dc0a63c58676e60931a1ef0a3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:32:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c1b9d6f188..3ed0d7a60d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2385,9 +2385,9 @@ ACT 16 26 b540 figs-explicit πάντων 1 Luke assumes that his readers will ACT 16 27 cwt5 figs-explicit ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 he was about to kill himself Luke assumes that his readers will know that death was the punishment in the Roman Empire for allowing prisoners to escape. The jailer thought his prisoners had escaped, and he preferred to commit suicide rather than face trial and execution. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “he was about to kill himself, because he thought that his prisoners had escaped and he knew that he would be tried and executed for allowing them to escape, and he did not want to go through that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 27 viov figs-activepassive ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the prison doors were open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 28 ljy6 figs-exclusive ἐσμεν 1 By **we**, Paul means himself and the other prisoners but not the jailer, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 16 28 s2s2 figs-imperative μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an urgent request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hurt yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ACT 16 28 s2s2 figs-imperative μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an urgent request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such a request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please do not hurt yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 having called for lights Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the jailer **called for lights** because it was midnight and dark, and he wanted to be sure that his prisoners were still in the prison. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. UST models a way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the jailer did not fall down accidentally. He knelt down at the feet of Paul and Silas as a gesture to honor them. Alternate translation: “knelt down respectfully in front of Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the jailer did not fall down accidentally. He knelt down at the feet of Paul and Silas as a gesture to honor them. Alternate translation: “he knelt down respectfully in front of Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do in order to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for God to save me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 31 m801 writing-pronouns οἱ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 16 31 f104 figs-imperative πίστευσον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an encouraging invitation rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such an invitation. Alternate translation: “If you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) From 91e37fdc71cddf6bfcfbcbab4fdffd4d45809978 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:35:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3ed0d7a60d..8dbc73074a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας…φῶτα 1 having called for lig ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas Be sure that it is clear in your translation that the jailer did not fall down accidentally. He knelt down at the feet of Paul and Silas as a gesture to honor them. Alternate translation: “he knelt down respectfully in front of Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do in order to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order for God to save me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 31 m801 writing-pronouns οἱ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 16 31 f104 figs-imperative πίστευσον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an encouraging invitation rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such an invitation. Alternate translation: “If you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ACT 16 31 f104 figs-imperative πίστευσον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates an encouraging invitation rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates such an invitation. Alternate translation: “You must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκός σου 1 your household Here, **your household** refers to all the people who lived in the jailer’s house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 they spoke the word of the Lord to him Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Silas had come to Philippi to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e85770ea745a297aca0c2708a1a08186dbfd8118 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 00:52:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8dbc73074a..a726d9d807 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ ACT 16 37 b5a3 figs-ellipsis οὔ γάρ 1 Paul is using an expression that le ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ 1 Instead, coming themselves Paul is using the reflexive pronoun **themselves** for emphasis. It may be more natural in your language to express this emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “let them come in person and lead us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 16 37 sw3a figs-imperative3p ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may they come themselves and lead us out” or “they should come themselves and lead us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) ACT 16 37 x82d figs-extrainfo ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν 1 It is likely that Paul wanted the magistrates to bring him and Silas out of prison, which would effectively be an apology for mistreatment, so that the believers in Philippi would have the protection of the law even after Paul and his companions left the city. However, this is more a matter of interpretation than of implied information, so it would probably be best not to put an explanation of it in your translation. You can leave it to teachers and preachers of the Bible to explain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -ACT 16 38 ldfi figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean what Paul said to the officers by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Paul had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 16 38 ldfi figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 Luke is using the term **words** to mean what Paul said to the officers by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Paul had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans Roman citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. So the implication is that the magistrates were **terrified** that more important Roman authorities might learn how they had mistreated Paul and Silas. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were terrified when they heard that they were Roman citizens, because as magistrates they were supposed to make sure that citizens were not tortured and received fair trials, and they were concerned that more important authorities would punish them for the way they had treated Paul and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 16 38 lqs5 figs-quotations ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “they were terrified when they heard, ‘They are Romans!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 16 38 vle2 translate-names Ῥωμαῖοί 1 Here the word **Romans** is a name for people who are citizens of the Roman Empire. Alternate translation: “Roman citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 7341f043d2eaf1570d7ac896fec88686a1198943 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 01:19:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a726d9d807..2cdd672a15 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον 1 they came to the house of Lydia In a ACT 16 40 ntc9 figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 when they had seen the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 40 qs0x figs-synecdoche καὶ ἐξῆλθαν 1 Luke says that **they … went out**, meaning Paul and Silas, to refer to those two men and to Timothy, who was still traveling with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and then Paul and Silas and Timothy left Philippi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 16 40 gld6 figs-explicit καὶ ἐξῆλθαν 1 Since Luke says **they … went out**, not “we went out,” the implication is that Luke remained in Philippi for a time, likely to strengthen and encourage the new believers there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1–9 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Thessalonica.
- Verses 10–14 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Berea.
Verses 15–34 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Athens.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The religion of Athens

Paul said that the people in the city of Athens were “religious,” but this did not mean that they worshiped the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples, and they had begun to worship the gods of the peoples they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

As Paul spoke to the philosophers in Athens, he told the message of Christ for the first time to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament. +ACT 17 intro gj4c 0 # Acts 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–9 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Thessalonica.\n- Verses 10–14 describe how Paul, Silas, and Timothy proclaimed the gospel in the city of Berea.\nVerses 15–34 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Athens.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The religion of Athens\n\nPaul said that the people in the city of Athens were “religious,” but this did not mean that they worshiped the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples, and they had begun to worship the gods of the peoples they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\nAs Paul spoke to the philosophers in Athens, he told the message of Christ for the first time to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament. ACT 17 1 e4w5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 Amphipolis and Apollonia The words **Amphipolis** and **Apollonia** are the names of coastal cities in the Roman province of Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 1 yj66 translate-names Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to Thessalonica The word **Thessalonica** is the name of another city on the coast of Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ ACT 17 16 s011 figs-activepassive παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐ ACT 17 16 we78 figs-metonymy παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 his spirit was being provoked within him, seeing the city being full of idols Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and sensitivities, particularly of a spiritual nature. Alternate translation: “this offended his spiritual sensitivities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 17 17 jkj8 figs-idiom τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 those who were worshiping See how you translated the similar expression in [16:14](../16/14.md). Alternate translation: “the Greeks who sincerely worshiped the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 17 17 ec14 translate-unknown ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace See how you translated the similar expression in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “in the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 17 18 ru6a writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…δοκεῖ…εὐηγγελίζετο 1 The pronouns **him**, **He**, and **he** all refer to Paul.It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with Paul…He seems…Paul was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 17 18 ru6a writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…δοκεῖ…εὐηγγελίζετο 1 The pronouns **him**, **He**, and **he** all refer to Paul.It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with Paul … He seems … Paul was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names τῶν Ἐπικουρίων 1 of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers The word **Epicurean** is the name of a certain kind of philosopher. Epicureans believed that all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν 1 Stoic philosophers The word **Stoic** is the name of another kind of philosopher. Stoics believed that freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-idiom ὁ σπερμολόγος 1 What is this babbler wanting to say? These Athenian philosophers are using a common expression in their culture that refers negatively to a person who only knows little bits of information. The expression depicts a person picking up words or ideas the way a bird picks up seeds. The philosophers are saying that Paul has only a few bits of information that are not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 96090fbbf0f5e5c6485c93a044972aba709247a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:19:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2cdd672a15..cb18ee217c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ ACT 17 17 jkj8 figs-idiom τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 those who were worshi ACT 17 17 ec14 translate-unknown ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace See how you translated the similar expression in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “in the public square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 17 18 ru6a writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…δοκεῖ…εὐηγγελίζετο 1 The pronouns **him**, **He**, and **he** all refer to Paul.It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with Paul … He seems … Paul was proclaiming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names τῶν Ἐπικουρίων 1 of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers The word **Epicurean** is the name of a certain kind of philosopher. Epicureans believed that all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν 1 Stoic philosophers The word **Stoic** is the name of another kind of philosopher. Stoics believed that freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν 1 Stoic philosophers The word **Stoic** is the name of another kind of philosopher. Stoics believed that freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal, loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 18 g4bv figs-idiom ὁ σπερμολόγος 1 What is this babbler wanting to say? These Athenian philosophers are using a common expression in their culture that refers negatively to a person who only knows little bits of information. The expression depicts a person picking up words or ideas the way a bird picks up seeds. The philosophers are saying that Paul has only a few bits of information that are not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “uneducated person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 18 sx9t figs-explicit ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the Athenian philosphers misunderstood Paul and thought that he was introducing two new **gods** that the Greeks and Romans had not known about before, Jesus and Anastasis (the Greek word for resurrection). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “of two new gods, Jesus and Anastasis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-transliterate Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus The word **Areopagus** means “Hill of Ares” in Greek. It was named after the pagan god whose name was Ares in Greek and Mars in Latin. Luke does not explain the meaning of this word, since his readers already understand Greek. ULT spells this name the way it sounds in English. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language. You could also translate the meaning of the word and use the name “Mars Hill,” as UST does. Or you could spell the word the way it sounds and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Mars Hill” or “the Areopagus, that is, Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) From 1c9cdcaa7fb3a42ddb8b3186d9eefb7f6e7a22e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:28:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index cb18ee217c..df017f489b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ ACT 17 18 sx9t figs-explicit ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods Luk ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-transliterate Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus The word **Areopagus** means “Hill of Ares” in Greek. It was named after the pagan god whose name was Ares in Greek and Mars in Latin. Luke does not explain the meaning of this word, since his readers already understand Greek. ULT spells this name the way it sounds in English. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language. You could also translate the meaning of the word and use the name “Mars Hill,” as UST does. Or you could spell the word the way it sounds and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Mars Hill” or “the Areopagus, that is, Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus Luke most likely means that the philosophers from the marketplace brought Paul to meet the main group of philosophers on the Areopagus, not that they just brought Paul to the hill itself. Luke would be using the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. Alternate translation: “to the philosophers who met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 17 19 aciu figs-rquestion δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη, διδαχή? 1 This is not actually a rhetorical question, since the philosophers really do want to know whether Paul is willing to explain himself more fully to the group at the Areopagus. However, if in your language it might seem to be a rhetorical question, you could translate it as a statement instead. Alternate translation: “We would like to know what this new teaching is that is being spoken by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 17 19 g9gb figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 19 g9gb figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 19 n250 figs-activepassive ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you are speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα…τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you are bringing some strange things to our ears The philosophers are speaking of Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection as if they were objets that one person could bring to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are saying some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 20 us7g figs-metonymy ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 The philosophers are referring to hearing by association with the **ears** that people use to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are hearing you say some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c30eabd2f1daaa9348a813bff981654cf90181ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:33:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index df017f489b..a18fd10c16 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2483,9 +2483,9 @@ ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the ACT 17 19 aciu figs-rquestion δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη, διδαχή? 1 This is not actually a rhetorical question, since the philosophers really do want to know whether Paul is willing to explain himself more fully to the group at the Areopagus. However, if in your language it might seem to be a rhetorical question, you could translate it as a statement instead. Alternate translation: “We would like to know what this new teaching is that is being spoken by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 17 19 g9gb figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 19 n250 figs-activepassive ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you are speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα…τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you are bringing some strange things to our ears The philosophers are speaking of Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection as if they were objets that one person could bring to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are saying some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 20 us7g figs-metonymy ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 The philosophers are referring to hearing by association with the **ears** that people use to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are hearing you say some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 20 fs5g figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…βουλόμεθα 1 By **our** and **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα…τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you are bringing some strange things to our ears The philosophers are speaking of Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection as if they were objects that one person could bring to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are saying some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 20 us7g figs-metonymy ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 The philosophers are referring to hearing by association with the **ears**, which people use to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are hearing you say some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 20 fs5g figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…βουλόμεθα 1 By **our** and **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 20 fe4p figs-idiom τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι 1 The philosophers are using an idiom. Your language may have a similar idiom that you could use in your translation. Or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what these things mean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 17 21 ujgi writing-background δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce background information about the people of Athens that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι…ηὐκαίρουν 1 And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Athenians and the sojourning foreigners loved to devote their leisure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 1400e78de567dc6fefc30ec155b6c713ebb5b34e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:43:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index a18fd10c16..113f278b6e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2492,8 +2492,8 @@ ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες καὶ οἱ ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι 1 the Athenians The word ** Athenians** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν 1 spent their time in nothing other than Here, Luke says **nothing other** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were devoting great amounts of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 17 21 wr1r figs-explicit τι καινότερον 1 to tell something or to listen to something new This could mean: (1) that the implication is that the Athenians were looking for something **newer** than the last new thing they had said or heard. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “something newer than the last new thing they had said or heard” (2) that Luke may be using the comparative form **newer** with simple positive meaning. Alternate translation: “something new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 17 22 k5dy figs-activepassive σταθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου ἔφη 1 If your language does not use the passive form **having been stood**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once the philosophers had stood Paul in the middle of the Areopagus, he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 22 zq3y figs-metonymy ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου 1 As in [17:19](../17/19.md), Luke is the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. He does not mean that the philosophers placed Paul in the middle of the hill known as the Areopagus. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on the Areopagus” or “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 17 22 k5dy figs-activepassive σταθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου ἔφη 1 If your language does not use the passive form **having been stood**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Once the philosophers had stood Paul in the middle of the Areopagus, he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 22 zq3y figs-metonymy ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου Πάγου 1 As in [17:19](../17/19.md), Luke uses the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. He does not mean that the philosophers placed Paul in the middle of the hill known as the Areopagus. Alternate translation: “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on the Areopagus” or “in the middle of the group of philosophers who met on Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 17 22 h5et figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἀθηναῖοι 1 This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “You Athenians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 17 22 kcag δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 Paul is using the comparative form **more religious** for emphasis. Your language may use comparative forms in the same way. If not, you could convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very religious” ACT 17 22 ja1k figs-hyperbole κατὰ πάντα 1 very religious in every way Paul says **everything** here as a generalization for emphasis. He is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “in many different ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From c5fb63279fd67e5b4c10fc85eb146a1b6cb6139f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:00:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 113f278b6e..10be307f0b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2510,7 +2510,7 @@ ACT 17 25 zv8x figs-doublet ζωὴν, καὶ πνοὴν 1 The terms **life** ACT 17 25 sw8d figs-explicit πᾶσι 1 By **all**, Paul implicitly means “all people.” You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 17 26 p1e4 figs-explicit ἑνὸς 1 one man By **one**, Paul implicitly means “one man.” He means Adam, the first person God created. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “one man” or “Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 17 26 cnbu figs-gendernotations πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “every nation of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 17 27 s2xs figs-explicit ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Paul means implicitly that God did the things he described in the previous verse, giving the nations of humanity particular times to live in particular places, so that they would **seek** him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God did this so that people would seek him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 17 27 s2xs figs-explicit ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Paul means implicitly that God did the things he described in the previous verse, giving the nations of humanity particular times to live in particular places, so that they would **seek** him. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “God doing this so that people would seek him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him Paul is speaking as if people could **feel around for** God and **find him** that way. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might sincerely try to know God and come to know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “close to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 17 27 onm4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 783570020a4a222aff688dc409f1834efa0cf879 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:02:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 10be307f0b..9428c80a09 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@ ACT 17 27 s2xs figs-explicit ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν 1 Paul means impli ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν 1 to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him Paul is speaking as if people could **feel around for** God and **find him** that way. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might sincerely try to know God and come to know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ 1 Yet he is not far from each one of us Paul is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “close to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 17 27 onm4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 17 28 tkd3 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ… γένος 1 General Information: The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “in God…{God’s} offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 17 28 tkd3 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ… γένος 1 General Information: The pronouns **him** and **his** refer to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “in God … God’s offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 17 28 o4vy figs-exclusive ζῶμεν… ἐσμέν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 28 jxph figs-quotesinquotes ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. 1 Here Paul is quoting from the Greek philosopher-poet Epimenides and from the Greek poets Aratus and Cleanthes. While it would be preferable to present these two quotations as direct quotations (see next note), you could translate them as indirect quotations so that there are not direct quotations within a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “For some of your own poets have said that in him we live and are moved and are and that we too are his offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 17 28 rpaz figs-quotemarks ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν 1 Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present these two quotations as direct quotations if possible, since that would show that Paul is quoting Greek poets as he speaks to the philosophers in Athens. You may be able to enclose these quotations within second-level quotation marks or use some other punctuation or convention that is available in your language to indicate second-level quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) From 4e6281ca2960c8593ce840256d81051dbe52a296 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:12:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9428c80a09..87f38532c1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2518,10 +2518,10 @@ ACT 17 28 tkd3 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ… γένος 1 General Information: ACT 17 28 o4vy figs-exclusive ζῶμεν… ἐσμέν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 28 jxph figs-quotesinquotes ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. 1 Here Paul is quoting from the Greek philosopher-poet Epimenides and from the Greek poets Aratus and Cleanthes. While it would be preferable to present these two quotations as direct quotations (see next note), you could translate them as indirect quotations so that there are not direct quotations within a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “For some of your own poets have said that in him we live and are moved and are and that we too are his offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 17 28 rpaz figs-quotemarks ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν; ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν 1 Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present these two quotations as direct quotations if possible, since that would show that Paul is quoting Greek poets as he speaks to the philosophers in Athens. You may be able to enclose these quotations within second-level quotation marks or use some other punctuation or convention that is available in your language to indicate second-level quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -ACT 17 28 ii2n figs-doublet ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν 1 The expressions **live** and **are moved** and **are** mean similar things. Epimenides is using the three terms together for poetic effect. It would be good to preserve that effect if possible, but it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the same idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “he is the source of our entire existence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 17 28 cbd9 figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν 1 For in him If your language does not use the passive form **are moved**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he is the one in whom we live and who moves us and in whom we exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 17 28 ii2n figs-doublet ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν 1 The expressions **live** and **are moved** and **are** mean similar things. Epimenides is using the three terms together for poetic effect. It would be good to preserve that effect if possible, but it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the same idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “For he is the source of our entire existence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 17 28 cbd9 figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καὶ ἐσμέν 1 For in him If your language does not use the passive form **are moved**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: "For 'he is the one in whom we live and who moves us and in whom we exist'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 17 28 lil5 figs-metaphor τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. 1 Aratus and Cleanthes do not mean that people are literally God’s **offspring** or children. They are speaking and poetically. It would be good to preserve the poetic effect if possible, but it would be clearer for your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “For it is as if we too are his offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Paul is speaking as if people were literally God’s **offspring** or children. He means that God created people and they are his creatures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “being like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God’s offspring Paul is speaking as if people were literally God’s **offspring** or children. He means that God created people, and they are his creatures. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “being like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-nominaladj τὸ θεῖον 1 the divine being Paul is using the adjective **Divine** as a noun to mean God, who is divine. ULT capitalizes the word to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 17 29 xfp9 figs-metonymy χρυσῷ, ἢ ἀργύρῳ, ἢ λίθῳ 1 Paul is referring to idols by association with the materials out of which people made idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to idols made of gold or silver or stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-possession χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images of the skill and imagination of man Paul is using the possessive form not to mean images that resemble human **skill** and **imagination** but to describe the qualities that people use to create **images** or idols. Alternate translation: “images that people create by using their skill and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 1448cfef345f0c668604f3d4d7d1e1ae26eb35ca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:29:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 87f38532c1..bc30df3158 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2534,7 +2534,7 @@ ACT 17 31 ebve figs-explicit ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 By **the ma ACT 17 31 l61p figs-abstractnouns πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν 1 He has provided signs If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **assurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “having given everyone reason to believe surely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 17 31 ulr4 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 17 32 j44o figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Luke is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “of those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive ἀκουσόμεθά 1 By **we**, these philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive ἀκουσόμεθά 1 By **We**, these philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 32 txre figs-explicitinfo καὶ πάλιν 1 It might seem that the expression **also again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “again” or “another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 17 34 nb26 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of what Paul did in Athens. You language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) From 640ebd0595e23de4a1237671b9d80e5ace3d70dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:32:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bc30df3158..2a68e9b791 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2537,11 +2537,11 @@ ACT 17 32 j44o figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 Luke is using the adjective **de ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive ἀκουσόμεθά 1 By **We**, these philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 32 txre figs-explicitinfo καὶ πάλιν 1 It might seem that the expression **also again** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “again” or “another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 17 32 c4sm writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 17 34 nb26 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of what Paul did in Athens. You language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 17 34 nb26 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of what Paul did in Athens. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 17 34 nysg figs-gendernotations τινὲς…ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women, as the mention of **Damaris** shows. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “certain people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 17 34 hlgu figs-infostructure κολληθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐπίστευσαν 1 The people Luke describes here **believed** before they were **joined** to Paul, so it might be more natural to put the information about them believing first. Alternate translation: “believed and were joined to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 17 34 vcx3 figs-activepassive κολληθέντες αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “joining him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul. +ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people who were present at the Areopagus, listening to Paul. ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked him These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. Alternate translation: “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul” ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης 1 Dionysius the Areopagite The word **Dionysius** is the name of a man. The word **Areopagite** is the name for someone who was a member of a council of rulers and judges that met on the Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris The word **Damaris** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 04ab88e26856dcc4cfef4f7f032beb3c5fabf542 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 18:42:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2a68e9b791..d3841b9f12 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2545,7 +2545,7 @@ ACT 17 32 jlm5 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard of These are the people ACT 17 32 sn6j οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον 1 some mocked him These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. Alternate translation: “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul” ACT 17 34 psh8 translate-names Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης 1 Dionysius the Areopagite The word **Dionysius** is the name of a man. The word **Areopagite** is the name for someone who was a member of a council of rulers and judges that met on the Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 17 34 hsz3 translate-names Δάμαρις 1 Damaris The word **Damaris** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1–17 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Corinth.- Verses 18–23 describe how Paul returned to Antioch and then started out on another missionary journey.- Verses 24–28 describe how a man named Apollos became an effective preacher of the gospel.## Special concepts in this chapter

### The baptism of John

Some Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but that kind of baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ACT 18 intro rky6 0 # Acts 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–17 describe how Paul proclaimed the gospel in the city of Corinth.- Verses 18–23 describe how Paul returned to Antioch and then started out on another missionary journey.- Verses 24–28 describe how a man named Apollos became an effective preacher of the gospel.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The baptism of John\n\nSome Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but that kind of baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ACT 18 1 fky7 writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things Luke is using the phrase **After these things** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 18 1 abcw writing-pronouns ἦλθεν 1 having departed The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 18 1 h2si translate-names Κόρινθον 1 Athens The word **Corinth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From b64335f2b85e4d65bb7e49f3da1d069ca579875d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:00:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d3841b9f12..20ea1d5935 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ ACT 18 2 y97p translate-names Ποντικὸν 1 a native of Pontus The word ** ACT 18 2 q11b figs-infostructure προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης 1 It might be more natural to keep all of the information about Aquila leaving Italy together and mention afterwards that Paul also met his wife Priscilla. Alternate translation: “having recently come from Italy because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to depart from Rome, and Priscilla, his wife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 18 2 n631 translate-names τῆς Ἰταλίας 1 Italy The word **Italy** is the name of a country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 2 b06i translate-names Πρίσκιλλαν 1 The word **Priscilla** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 2 n95f translate-names Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had ordered **Claudius** is the name of the man who was the Roman emperor at this time. See how you translated his name in [11:28](../11/28.md). +ACT 18 2 n95f translate-names Κλαύδιον 1 Claudius had ordered The word **Claudius** is the name of the man who was the Roman emperor at this time. See how you translated his name in [11:28](../11/28.md). ACT 18 2 db3t translate-names τῆς Ῥώμης 1 The word **Rome** is the name of a city. See how you translated the similar word “Romans” in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 5 r56h 0 General Information: Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul. ACT 18 5 btkg figs-idiom κατῆλθον 1 Luke says that Silas and Timothy **came down** to Corinth because that city is lower in elevation than Macedonia. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From cd1c2ef23448074b51be5d22e91058b2421b7b85 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:02:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 20ea1d5935..e9be6d9f23 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2576,7 +2576,7 @@ ACT 18 8 zc89 writing-politeness τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 Luke is referring to Jesus ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those in his house Here, **house** refers to an entire household living together. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his entire household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 8 ykso translate-names Κορινθίων 1 The word **Corinthians** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Corinth. See how you translated that name in [18:1](../18/01.md). . (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were receiving baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-explicit μὴ φοβοῦ 1 Jesus means implicitly that Paul should not **fear** what people might do to him if he continued proclaiming the gospel. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not fear what people might do to you if you continue proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-explicit μὴ φοβοῦ 1 Jesus means implicitly that Paul should not **fear** what people might do to him if he continues proclaiming the gospel. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Do not fear what people might do to you if you continue proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 18 9 l4yy writing-politeness ὁ Κύριος 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 continue speaking and do not be silent The expressions **speak** and **do not be silent** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent Jesus means implicitly that Paul should not **be silent** about the gospel. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “do not be silent about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 77eadbb6601676bf7f1dbf97e4a58217b3e0b274 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:05:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e9be6d9f23..5a1ad4bfcd 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ ACT 18 11 a18w figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Luke is u ACT 18 12 se8m translate-names Γαλλίωνος 1 Gallio The word **Gallio** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names τῆς Ἀχαΐας 1 The word **Achaia** was the name of the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 12 j762 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 18 12 lp79 figs-idiom κατεπέστησαν 1 rose up together against Here the expression **rose up** means that the Jewish leaders took action, specifically to oppose Paul, not that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “took action against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 18 12 lp79 figs-idiom κατεπέστησαν 1 rose up together against Here the expression **rose up** means that the Jewish leaders took action, specifically to oppose Paul. It does not mean that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “took action against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 18 12 rc85 ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 The word **unanimously** indicates that the Jews in Corinth recognized that they had a common interest and that they agreed to act together to pursue that interest. See how you translated the same word in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “all together” ACT 18 12 u36c figs-explicit ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα 1 brought him before the judgment seat The term **judgment seat** refers to the place where Gallio the governor sat when he made legal decisions in court. The implication is that the Jewish leaders wanted Gallio to judge and punish Paul. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “brought him before the judgment seat so that the governor would judge and punish him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 18 13 xpnq writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “This man Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 0ca93d9d3cc74781be7c5ea8c618ebbdd237a8e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:08:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5a1ad4bfcd..5e0d6c760b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ ACT 18 12 u36c figs-explicit ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ACT 18 13 xpnq writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “This man Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 18 13 x23b figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the Jewish leaders is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 18 13 il8i figs-explicit παρὰ τὸν νόμον 1 By **the law**, the Jewish leaders implicitly mean “Roman law.” You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “contrary to Roman law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 18 14 uhyp figs-metonymy ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα 1 Luke is referring to speaking by association with a person would **open his mouth** in order to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 14 uhyp figs-metonymy ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα 1 Luke is referring to "speaking" by association with a person would **open his mouth** in order to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 14 cesw figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 18 14 argm figs-ellipsis εἰ μὲν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν 1 Gallio is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “if indeed it was some crime or evil wrongdoing on Paul’s part that brought you here today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 18 14 psxf figs-doublet ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν 1 The terms **crime** and **wrongdoing** mean similar things. Gallio using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “some serious crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From b5c9effdbdd066baaa99627ec1fa226c7e91e21d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:16:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5e0d6c760b..c4b3047c7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole πάντες…ἔτυπτον 1 they all, having ACT 18 18 j0we grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς 1 Luke is using the word **But** here to introduce a contrast between what Paul might have been expected to do—leave the city because he was in danger and to protect the believers from danger themselves, as he did in Thessalonica and Berea—and what Paul actually did—remain in the city. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless, Paul stayed yet many days, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ACT 18 18 et8c figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 left the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 The word **Cenchreae** is the name of a city. This city was the seaport for the larger inland city of Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow Paul cut the hair off **his head** to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul cut his hair in Cenchrea to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow Paul cut the hair off **his head** to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul cut off his hair in Cenchrea to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 18 18 ceor figs-infostructure εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 Luke seems to offer the information that Paul had made a **vow** as the explanation for why he **stayed yet many days** in Corinth despite the danger he was in. It may be more natural in your translation to put this information right after the phrase it seems to explain, **having stayed many days**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 18 18 cf3c figs-extrainfo εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 Luke tells us nothing further about why Paul made this vow or what he did to carry it out, so it would not be appropriate to add anything speculative about it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ACT 18 19 abcx writing-pronouns κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ 1 he left them The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila, the pronoun **them** refers to Priscilla and Aquila, and the pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the three of them came down to Ephesus and Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 479b06c17e990e9a9d60966e1c8c569c5bfb25ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:17:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c4b3047c7c..2c0236957f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names Κενχρεαῖς 1 The word **Cenchreae** is ACT 18 18 kq6f translate-symaction κειράμενος ἐν Κενχρεαῖς τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 He had cut the hair of his head … because he had a vow Paul cut the hair off **his head** to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul cut off his hair in Cenchrea to show that he had fulfilled a vow that he had made to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 18 18 ceor figs-infostructure εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 Luke seems to offer the information that Paul had made a **vow** as the explanation for why he **stayed yet many days** in Corinth despite the danger he was in. It may be more natural in your translation to put this information right after the phrase it seems to explain, **having stayed many days**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) ACT 18 18 cf3c figs-extrainfo εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν 1 Luke tells us nothing further about why Paul made this vow or what he did to carry it out, so it would not be appropriate to add anything speculative about it in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -ACT 18 19 abcx writing-pronouns κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ 1 he left them The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila, the pronoun **them** refers to Priscilla and Aquila, and the pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the three of them came down to Ephesus and Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 18 19 abcx writing-pronouns κατήντησαν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ 1 he left them The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila, the pronoun **them** refers to Priscilla and Aquila, and the pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the three of them came down to Ephesus and Paul left Priscilla and Aquila there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 18 19 eqi4 figs-idiom κατήντησαν…εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke says that Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila **came down** to Ephesus because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Alternate translation: “they sailed to Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 18 19 yrhy translate-names Ἔφεσον 1 The word **Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 20 u44s writing-pronouns ἐρωτώντων…αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Jews in the synagogue in Ephesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the Jews in the synagogue asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From eea59d16e25b4aa9f59e93731c5f07106cf417a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:19:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2c0236957f..18b42df09d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ ACT 18 19 eqi4 figs-idiom κατήντησαν…εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke s ACT 18 19 yrhy translate-names Ἔφεσον 1 The word **Ephesus** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 20 u44s writing-pronouns ἐρωτώντων…αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Jews in the synagogue in Ephesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the Jews in the synagogue asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 18 22 gyy4 figs-idiom κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν 1 having landed at Caesarea Luke says that Paul had **come down** to Caesarea because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “having landed in Caesarea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 18 22 bvw4 figs-explicit ἀναβὰς 1 Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **having gone up**, he means that Paul traveled to Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having gone up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 18 22 bvw4 figs-explicit ἀναβὰς 1 Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **having gone up**. he means that Paul traveled to Jerusalem. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “having gone up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 18 22 r26z figs-idiom ἀναβὰς 1 having gone up Luke says that Paul had **gone up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “having traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the church Luke is saying **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 22 n3rh figs-idiom κατέβη 1 he went down Luke says that Paul **went down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. Alternate translation: “he traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 5dc16633f93c590757214cb85d0495709798354c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:29:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 18b42df09d..4b5c631499 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2621,10 +2621,10 @@ ACT 18 22 bvw4 figs-explicit ἀναβὰς 1 Luke assumes that his readers wil ACT 18 22 r26z figs-idiom ἀναβὰς 1 having gone up Luke says that Paul had **gone up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “having traveled to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 18 22 q9j6 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 greeted the church Luke is saying **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 22 n3rh figs-idiom κατέβη 1 he went down Luke says that Paul **went down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a lower elevation. Alternate translation: “he traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 18 23 plys figs-metonymy διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν 1 Luke means that Paul visited **in succession** the churches in **the region of Galatia and Phrygia**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expeess the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “going through the region of Galatia and Phrygia and visiting the churches there in succession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 18 23 plys figs-metonymy διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν 1 Luke means that Paul visited **in succession** the churches in **the region of Galatia and Phrygia**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “going through the region of Galatia and Phrygia and visiting the churches there in succession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 23 s2hd figs-hyperbole στηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “greatly strengthening the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 18 24 xqy7 writing-background δέ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about **Apollos** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish man** to introduce **Apollos** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “that there was a certain Jew there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish man** to introduce **Apollos** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Apollos, a Jewish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 18 24 gsal figs-nominaladj Ἰουδαῖος 1 Luke is using the adjective **Jewish** as a noun to mean a person who is a Jew. ULT adds **man** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς 1 an Alexandrian by birth The word **Alexandrian** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Alexandria in Egypt. See how you translated this name in [6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 24 qn7z figs-idiom κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke does not say where Apollos traveled from when he came to Ephesus. However, he probably says that Apollos **came down** to Ephesus because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “arrived in the port of Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 762e2626e28eb22150a015824d97cfc0f7c33e9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 19:34:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4b5c631499..e82db52808 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ ACT 18 22 n3rh figs-idiom κατέβη 1 he went down Luke says that Paul **went ACT 18 23 plys figs-metonymy διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν 1 Luke means that Paul visited **in succession** the churches in **the region of Galatia and Phrygia**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “going through the region of Galatia and Phrygia and visiting the churches there in succession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 23 s2hd figs-hyperbole στηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “greatly strengthening the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 18 24 xqy7 writing-background δέ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information about **Apollos** that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish man** to introduce **Apollos** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Apollos, a Jewish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos Luke is using the phrase **a certain Jewish man** to introduce **Apollos** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a man named Apollos who was a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 18 24 gsal figs-nominaladj Ἰουδαῖος 1 Luke is using the adjective **Jewish** as a noun to mean a person who is a Jew. ULT adds **man** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς 1 an Alexandrian by birth The word **Alexandrian** is the name for people who live in or come from the city of Alexandria in Egypt. See how you translated this name in [6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 18 24 qn7z figs-idiom κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke does not say where Apollos traveled from when he came to Ephesus. However, he probably says that Apollos **came down** to Ephesus because that was the customary way in this culture of describing a person arriving somewhere after traveling by sea. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “arrived in the port of Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 75bcd67d91e4f44ec28daa785c8e2ff1206414d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:53:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e82db52808..7576de5436 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ ACT 18 24 qn7z figs-idiom κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke doe ACT 18 24 bh25 figs-metaphor δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 He was mighty in the scriptures Luke is speaking of **Apollos** as if he had physical strength with regard to the Scriptures. Luke means that he knew the Scriptures very well. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having great knowledge about the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 25 ym5i figs-hendiadys ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **speaking** tells how Apollos was **teaching** about Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “as he spoke, he taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος 1 He had been instructed in the way of the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 25 jj3b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is speaking as if the salvation that God has provided through Jesus were a **way** or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 18 25 jj3b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is speaking of the salvation that God has provided through Jesus as a way or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 25 jwol writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 and being fervent in spirit Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and motivation. Alternate translation: “being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 25 lr1h figs-possession τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John Luke is using the possessive form here not to describe a **baptism** that **John** received but the baptism that John performed. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ ACT 18 27 ll36 figs-idiom διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to p ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 27 f99p figs-abstractnouns τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who had believed by grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those whom God had graciously led to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 18 28 mw2n figs-abstractnouns δημοσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **public**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “publicly” or “where anyone could listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1–10 tell how Paul came to the city of Ephesus and proclaimed the gospel there.
- Verses 11–20 describe remarkable things that God did in Ephesus as a result of the gospel proclamation there.
- Verses 21–41 describe how the artisans in Ephesus created an uproar because people were no longer buying the idols they made.

Acts [19:20](../19/20.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the sixth major part of the book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Temple of Artemis

The temple of Artemis was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Artemis while they were there. The people who sold statues of Artemis were afraid that if people did not believe Artemis was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues. +ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–10 tell how Paul came to the city of Ephesus and proclaimed the gospel there.\n- Verses 11–20 describe remarkable things that God did in Ephesus as a result of the gospel proclamation there.\n- Verses 21–41 describe how the artisans in Ephesus created an uproar because people were no longer buying the idols they made.\n\nActs [19:20](../19/20.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the sixth major part of the book.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Temple of Artemis\n\nThe temple of Artemis was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Artemis while they were there. The people who sold statues of Artemis were afraid that if people did not believe Artemis was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues. ACT 19 1 lp23 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke is using the phrase **And it happened that** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 19 1 rhv1 figs-explicit διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη 1 Luke says that Paul traveled through **the upper parts** of the province of Asia to indicate that he followed a more direct route to Ephesus that went over higher ground than the main route. The implication is that Paul wanted to go directly to Ephesus after visiting the churches in Galatia and Phrygia ([18:23](../18/23.md)), as he had promised he would do if that was God’s will ([18:21](../18/21.md)). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “taking the most direct route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 1 munb figs-idiom κατελθεῖν εἰς 1 Luke says that Paul **came down** to Ephesus because he was coming down to the coast from a route that traveled over high ground. Alternate translation: “arrived in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 35c8929ea57c6cad7c0b54ef025c73d156814d5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 20:54:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7576de5436..33565c8960 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2635,7 +2635,7 @@ ACT 18 25 jj3b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is ACT 18 25 jwol writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 and being fervent in spirit Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and motivation. Alternate translation: “being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 25 lr1h figs-possession τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John Luke is using the possessive form here not to describe a **baptism** that **John** received but the baptism that John performed. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God Luke is speaking as if the salvation that God has provided through Jesus were a **way** or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 18 26 ga6v figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the way of God Luke is comparing the salvation that God has provided through Jesus to a way or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 27 c2sq writing-pronouns βουλομένου…αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Apollos. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when Apollos desired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 18 27 ll36 figs-idiom διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over into Achaia Luke uses the expression **pass over** here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. Your language may have its own way of describing travel across a body of water. Alternate translation: “to go across the sea to Achaia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 52c122530afd6b08f12439e2fc1eff40fdf67540 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:10:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 33565c8960..6a27ce13f1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2643,7 +2643,7 @@ ACT 18 27 f99p figs-abstractnouns τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ ACT 18 28 mw2n figs-abstractnouns δημοσίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **public**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “publicly” or “where anyone could listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–10 tell how Paul came to the city of Ephesus and proclaimed the gospel there.\n- Verses 11–20 describe remarkable things that God did in Ephesus as a result of the gospel proclamation there.\n- Verses 21–41 describe how the artisans in Ephesus created an uproar because people were no longer buying the idols they made.\n\nActs [19:20](../19/20.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the sixth major part of the book.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Temple of Artemis\n\nThe temple of Artemis was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Artemis while they were there. The people who sold statues of Artemis were afraid that if people did not believe Artemis was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues. ACT 19 1 lp23 writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke is using the phrase **And it happened that** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 19 1 rhv1 figs-explicit διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη 1 Luke says that Paul traveled through **the upper parts** of the province of Asia to indicate that he followed a more direct route to Ephesus that went over higher ground than the main route. The implication is that Paul wanted to go directly to Ephesus after visiting the churches in Galatia and Phrygia ([18:23](../18/23.md)), as he had promised he would do if that was God’s will ([18:21](../18/21.md)). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “taking the most direct route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 19 1 rhv1 figs-explicit διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη 1 Luke says that Paul traveled through **the upper parts** of the province of Asia to indicate that he followed a more direct route to Ephesus that went over higher ground than did the main route. The implication is that Paul wanted to go directly to Ephesus after visiting the churches in Galatia and Phrygia ([18:23](../18/23.md)), as he had promised he would do if that was God’s will ([18:21](../18/21.md)). You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “taking the most direct route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 1 munb figs-idiom κατελθεῖν εἰς 1 Luke says that Paul **came down** to Ephesus because he was coming down to the coast from a route that traveled over high ground. Alternate translation: “arrived in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 19 1 iosy writing-participants τινας μαθητάς 1 Luke is using the phrase **certain disciples** to introduce these believers as new participants in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “that there were already some believers in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 19 2 wqi4 figs-quotations εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε, πιστεύσαντες? 1 Did you receive the Holy Spirit Luke is recording how Paul used the typical form in his language for asking questions. It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “And he asked them if they had received the Holy Spirit when they believed.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ ACT 19 12 vc1v figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σου ACT 19 12 aks4 translate-unknown σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs These **handkerchiefs** were small pieces of cloth used to wipe one’s face. Your language and culture may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 19 12 xs31 translate-unknown σιμικίνθια 1 aprons These **aprons** were clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of those who wore the aprons. Your language and culture may have a term for a similar item that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick Luke is using the adjective **sick** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 19 12 nl3a figs-personification ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses departed from them Luke is speaking of these **illnesses** as if it were living thing that could depart from a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God cured them of their illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 19 12 nl3a figs-personification ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους 1 their illnesses departed from them Luke is speaking of these **illnesses** as if they were living thing that could depart from a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God cured them of their illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 19 13 he2x writing-newevent δέ 1 General Information: Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 19 13 fgq4 translate-unknown ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists These **exorcists** were people who sent evil spirits away from people or places.Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of person that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term “exorcists,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here, **name** refers to Jesus’ power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 70179f580132608dbaeff73f0cd668077cdfc51d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:18:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6a27ce13f1..9ef4e44c6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2694,7 +2694,7 @@ ACT 19 16 lu7u figs-explicit ἀμφοτέρων 1 them Luke assumes that his re ACT 19 19 i31a figs-nominaladj τὰ περίεργα 1 Luke is using the adjective **magical** as a noun to describe certain practices. ULT adds the word **arts** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “practices that involved magic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 19 19 z9rj figs-explicit τὰς βίβλουςσυνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 having brought their books together Luke assumes that his readers will understand that the word **books** refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were recorded. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “their scrolls of magical incantations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 18 v9ib figs-hendiadys ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **declaring** tells how these believers were **confessing** the wrong things that they had done. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “publicly confessing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ACT 19 17 mx62 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of the seven sons of Sceva. You language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 19 17 mx62 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of the seven sons of Sceva. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 19 17 jodu figs-activepassive τοῦτο…ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν…τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all living in Ephesus came to know about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 17 fd5m figs-hyperbole τοῦτο…ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν…τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “this became widely known among those who lived in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 19 17 h0lq figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 Luke is speaking of **fear** as if it could physically fall on the people of Ephesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they all became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c9b178078377b93c86c04553e11d9962d804a37c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:22:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9ef4e44c6f..476fc72341 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2701,7 +2701,7 @@ ACT 19 17 h0lq figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας ACT 19 17 w1su figs-hyperbole ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “all who heard about it became very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name Here the word **name** stands for the reputation of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus received a great reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε 1 50000 Each of these **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might say something more general, or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “an amount equivalent to well over a hundred years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε 1 50000 Each of these **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage of a common laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “an amount equivalent to well over a hundred years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) ACT 19 20 es71 figs-personification τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power Luke is speaking of the way that the **word of the Lord** was becoming more widely known and accepted as if it were a living thing that was **increasing** and **prevailing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing and believing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 19 20 lbg9 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was proclaiming by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e061ad29910ad6c3e820af230a284ffe1f242dae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:31:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 476fc72341..6446ec8984 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ ACT 19 17 w1su figs-hyperbole ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name Here the word **name** stands for the reputation of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus received a great reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε 1 50000 Each of these **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage of a common laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might say something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “an amount equivalent to well over a hundred years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) +ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver Each of the **pieces of silver** was the approximate daily wage of a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) ACT 19 20 es71 figs-personification τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν 1 So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power Luke is speaking of the way that the **word of the Lord** was becoming more widely known and accepted as if it were a living thing that was **increasing** and **prevailing**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing and believing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 19 20 lbg9 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was proclaiming by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 19 20 t49m writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) @@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants τις…ἀργυροκόπος…παρε ACT 19 24 opb9 translate-names Δημήτριος 1 The word **Demetrius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 24 y5ae writing-background τις…ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος 1 Luke provides this background information about **Demetrius** to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 19 24 wg95 figs-extrainfo ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess **Artemis**. (She was known as Diana in Latin; she was a false goddess of fertility.) Since Demetrius describes this temple in verse 27, you do not need to provide information about it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -ACT 19 24 nwt7 translate-unknown ἀργυροκόπος 1 a silversmith A **silversmith** is a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry.Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of worker that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 19 24 nwt7 translate-unknown ἀργυροκόπος 1 a silversmith A **silversmith** is a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry. Your language and culture may have a term for this kind of worker that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 19 24 p58m figs-litotes οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in not a little business Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great deal of business” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 19 25 f8rm οὓς συναθροίσας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν 1 It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He gathered together the craftsmen, along with workers in similar occupations, and said” ACT 19 25 w1xd figs-nominaladj περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 Luke is using the adjective **such** as a noun to mean a certain kind of work. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in similar occupations” or “who did similar crafts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From 5caad75aefb62bbe3291cd0efa1268c221fdd550 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:33:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6446ec8984..5cd6cc92e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2722,7 +2722,7 @@ ACT 19 25 f8rm οὓς συναθροίσας καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ ACT 19 25 w1xd figs-nominaladj περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα 1 Luke is using the adjective **such** as a noun to mean a certain kind of work. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in similar occupations” or “who did similar crafts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 19 26 rm6w figs-merism θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε 1 you see and hear that Demetrius is referring to perception by naming the two major means of perception. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you perceive clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 and turned away a considerable crowd Demetrius is speaking as if Paul had physically **removed** a crowd that had been patronizing the artisans in Ephesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “has caused a considerable crowd to stop buying our shrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-synecdoche οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods Demetrius is using one part of the artisans, their **hands**, to represent all of them in the act of making idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things that people make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-synecdoche οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι 1 He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods Demetrius is using one part of the artisans, their **hands**, to represent all of them in the act of making idols. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “things which people make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered as nothing If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people will consider the temple of the great goddess Artemis to be nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Alternate translation: “whom people from all over the province of Asia and the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 19 27 aq5c figs-metonymy ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 Here the words **Asia** and **the world** refer to the people in Asia and in the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 30590f1d48f1784d04426ee0f6248905d5327aab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 21:47:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5cd6cc92e5..ef44f672b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2753,7 +2753,7 @@ ACT 19 35 k8dy figs-doublenegatives τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων ὃς ACT 19 35 gqr7 figs-hyperbole τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων ὃς οὐ γινώσκει 1 A generalization for emphasis is implicit in the city clerk’s question, and this generalization becomes explicit when the question takes the form of a statement or exclamation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “men know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 19 35 zzmv figs-gendernotations τίς…ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, the city clerk is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “what person is there” or, as a statement or exclamation, “all people know” or “people know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 19 35 hiw3 writing-politeness τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος 1 temple keeper The term **temple keeper** was an honorary title that cities assumed when they built and maintained temples to the gods that the Greeks and Romans worshiped or to the emperor. In your translation, use an expression that shows that the city clerk is using honorific language. Alternate translation: “the city of Ephesus has the honor of hosting the temple of the great Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -ACT 19 35 afd1 figs-nominaladj τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 of that which is fallen down from heaven The city clerk is using the adjective **Zeus-fallen** as a noun to mean a specific kind of object. ULT adds the word **image** to show that. (Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite that had fallen from the sky. The people of Ephesus thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, whom they considered the ruler of their pagan gods.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the image that fell from the sky from Zeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 19 35 afd1 figs-nominaladj τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 of that which is fallen down from heaven The city clerk is using the adjective **Zeus-fallen** as a noun to mean a specific kind of object. ULT adds the word **image** to show that. (Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite that had fallen from the sky. The people of Ephesus thought that this rock had come directly from Zeus, whom they considered the ruler of their pagan gods.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the image that fell from the sky from Zeus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 19 35 fdfk translate-names τοῦ διοπετοῦς 1 The word **Zeus** is the name of a pagan god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 36 o0ul figs-activepassive κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to calm down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 36 xj2n figs-explicit μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash The city clerk means implicitly that it would be **rash** for the people to do anything to harm Gaius and Aristarchus, as he says in the next verse. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “not to act impulsively and hurt the two men you have brought here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c572aabc2c5d03c26b17b6f6e1b348a5ceafe357 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:03:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ef44f672b5..0f925f4379 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ ACT 12 5 xpcx figs-activepassive ὁ…Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο 1 If you ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the church was earnestly praying to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν 1 Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night Here, the word translated **to bring … out** is slightly different from the word translated that same way in [12:4](../01/01.md). It means to put someone on trial, and the implications, based on the fact that Herod saw that it pleased the Jewish leaders when he executed James, are that Herod planned to execute Peter after this trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to put Peter on trial and then execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 6 g2bh figs-activepassive δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with two chains binding him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 7 i7g3 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly this **angel** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “suddenly an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 12 7 i7g3 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly this **angel** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “suddenly an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 12 9 wqct figs-quotations οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here and to add a sentence break. Alternate translation: “he did not realize, ‘What is being done by the angel is real!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what is done by the angel is real If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the angel was doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 9 s9j0 figs-quotations ἐδόκει…ὅραμα βλέπειν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he was thinking, ‘I am seeing a vision’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ ACT 12 24 sv8l figs-hendiadys ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and was multiplied Luke is speaking of the way the message about Jesus was becoming more widespread as if the word of God itself were **increasing** and **being multiplied**. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing and believing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 12 24 wn8m figs-metonymy ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God told the believers to spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 12 24 iwr1 figs-activepassive ἐπληθύνετο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God was multiplying it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 25 j2un writing-endofstory δὲ 0 Luke uses the word translated **Then** to introduce information about what happened after Herod died. This is the end of the part of the story about him. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a larger story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 12 25 j2un writing-endofstory δὲ 0 Luke uses the word translated **Then** to introduce information about what happened after Herod died. This is the end of the part of the story about him. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a larger story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 12 25 rt9o figs-explicit Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 0 This can also be translated, “Then Barnabas and Saul returned, having completed their service in Jerusalem.” If that is the correct translation, then Luke is saying implicitly that they **returned** to Antioch. Alternate translation: “Then Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch, having completed their service in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 25 t7d8 translate-textvariants Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem Some ancient copies say that Barnabas and Saul returned “from” Jerusalem, which makes sense, since in the next verse, Barnabas and Saul are back in Antioch. If the reading **to** is correct, this verse may be indicating that they went somewhere else in Judea and then returned to Jerusalem before going back to Antioch. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 having completed their service This refers implicitly to the trip that Barnabas and Saul made to Jerusalem to deliver money from the believers in Antioch, which Luke describes in [11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “having delivered to the church leaders in Jerusalem the money that the believers in Antioch had collected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ ACT 13 10 hlq9 figs-personification ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνη ACT 13 10 wa8t figs-abstractnouns ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enemy of everything that is right” or “opposed to everything that is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας? 1 will you not stop perverting the straight paths of the Lord? Paul is using the question form to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must stop turning aside the straight paths of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-metaphor διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Paul is speaking of Elymas as if he were physically redirecting **paths** that God wanted people to follow so that these paths no longer went **straight**. He means that if people believe in God and obey him, they live in the right way, and that Elymas is trying to keep people, especially Sergius Paulus, from doing that. Alternate translation: “preventing people from believing in God, obeying him, and living right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 11 q0w8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus Elymas’s attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 11 q0w8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus Elymas’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord upon you Here, the word **hand** represents the power of God, and the phrase **upon you** indicates punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord is going to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 11 w3gh figs-hendiadys τυφλὸς, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 not seeing the sun Paul is using a word and a phrase together to express a single idea. The phrase **not seeing the sun** tells to what degree Elymas will be **blind**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so blind that you will not be able to tell whether it is day or night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 13 11 t7j1 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 a mist and darkness fell on Elymas Paul is speaking of this **mist** and **darkness** as if they were going to **fall** on Elymas. Alternate translation: “what Elymas could see became blurry and then dark” or see the next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ ACT 13 25 ntrj figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον 1 Paul is speaking of John as ACT 13 25 judg figs-quotemarks ἔλεγεν, τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it might be good to present this quotation from John the Baptist as a direct quotation if possible, since it uses several figures of speech that might not sound natural in an indirect quotation. (As an indirect quotation, this would read something like this: “he asked the people who they thought he was, and he told them he was not he and that behold, one was coming after him, the sandals of whose feet he was not worthy to untie.”) You may be able to indicate the beginning of Paul’s quotation from John with some punctuation or convention that your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John is using the question form to challenge his listeners’ idea of who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I am not who you think I am!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 13 25 rp32 writing-pronouns οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not him The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 13 25 nnl5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 But behold John is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 25 nnl5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 But behold John is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 25 gys2 translate-symaction οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 of whom the sandals of his feet I am not worthy to untie John is using the action of untying sandals symbolically to signify humble service. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “to whom I am not even worthy to offer humble service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 13 25 gj98 figs-explicitinfo τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν 1 In your language, the expression **the sandals of his feet** might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “his sandals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 13 26 bwet figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν 1 Paul is using an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers—my fellow sons of the family of Abraham—and you others who fear God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2039,7 +2039,7 @@ ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-metonymy ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λ ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ὑμῖν…πρῶτον 1 It was necessary for Paul means implicitly that it was necessary to speak to the Jews first because they were God’s chosen people and God had sent the Messiah initially to them. Alternate translation: “to you Jews first because you are God’s chosen people and God sent the Messiah initially to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Since you reject it Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 46 ms36 figs-irony οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life Paul does not seriously believe that the Jewish leaders do not consider themselves worthy of eternal life. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. Alternate translation: “are acting as if you are not worthy of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) -ACT 13 46 kzm1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the term **behold** to focus the attention of the Jewish leaders on what they are about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 46 kzm1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the term **behold** to focus the attention of the Jewish leaders on what they are about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they are going to be physically **turning** toward **the Gentiles**. They mean that they are going to stop preaching in the Jewish synagogue and begin preaching to gatherings of Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive στρεφόμεθα 1 By **we**, Paul and Barnabas mean themselves, but not the Jewish leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 13 47 tx94 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Paul and Barnabas mean themselves, but not the Jewish leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -2276,7 +2276,7 @@ ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Luke do ACT 15 33 v6im figs-activepassive ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 they were sent away with peace from the brothers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent them away with peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 33 wzw4 figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 33 xv3h figs-explicit πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς 1 to those who had sent them Luke is referring implicitly to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem, who had sent Judas and Silas to Antioch. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “back to the apostles and elders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 35 anfc writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened once the church resolved the question about whether the Gentiles needed to obey all the laws of Moses. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 15 35 anfc writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened once the church resolved the question about whether the Gentiles needed to obey all the laws of Moses. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 15 35 e7s4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 35 hnnb writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 15 34 hkh0 translate-textvariants 1 As the General Introduction to Acts explains, this verse is found in many traditional versions of the Bible, but it is not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. ULT and UST indicate this by putting the verse in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including this verse if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that this verse may not be original, such as by putting it in brackets or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) @@ -2481,11 +2481,11 @@ ACT 17 18 sx9t figs-explicit ξένων δαιμονίων 1 of foreign gods Luk ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-transliterate Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus The word **Areopagus** means “Hill of Ares” in Greek. It was named after the pagan god whose name was Ares in Greek and Mars in Latin. Luke does not explain the meaning of this word, since his readers already understand Greek. ULT spells this name the way it sounds in English. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language. You could also translate the meaning of the word and use the name “Mars Hill,” as UST does. Or you could spell the word the way it sounds and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Mars Hill” or “the Areopagus, that is, Mars Hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus Luke most likely means that the philosophers from the marketplace brought Paul to meet the main group of philosophers on the Areopagus, not that they just brought Paul to the hill itself. Luke would be using the word **Areopagus** by association to mean the philosophers who gathered there. Alternate translation: “to the philosophers who met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 17 19 aciu figs-rquestion δυνάμεθα γνῶναι τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη, διδαχή? 1 This is not actually a rhetorical question, since the philosophers really do want to know whether Paul is willing to explain himself more fully to the group at the Areopagus. However, if in your language it might seem to be a rhetorical question, you could translate it as a statement instead. Alternate translation: “We would like to know what this new teaching is that is being spoken by you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 17 19 g9gb figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 19 g9gb figs-exclusive δυνάμεθα 1 By **we**, the philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 19 n250 figs-activepassive ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you are speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα…τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you are bringing some strange things to our ears The philosophers are speaking of Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection as if they were objects that one person could bring to another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are saying some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 17 20 us7g figs-metonymy ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 The philosophers are referring to hearing by association with the **ears**, which people use to hear. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we are hearing you say some startling things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 17 20 fs5g figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…βουλόμεθα 1 By **our** and **we**, the philosophers mean themselves, but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 17 20 fs5g figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…βουλόμεθα 1 By **our** and **we**, the philosophers mean themselves but not Paul, to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 17 20 fe4p figs-idiom τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι 1 The philosophers are using an idiom. Your language may have a similar idiom that you could use in your translation. Or, if it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what these things mean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 17 21 ujgi writing-background δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce background information about the people of Athens that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι…πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι…ηὐκαίρουν 1 And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Athenians and the sojourning foreigners loved to devote their leisure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰη ACT 19 6 gk8l translate-symaction ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας 1 when Paul had laid his hands on them Paul **laid** his **hands** on these believers as a symbolic action to show that he wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to them. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. See how you translated the similar expression in [8:17](../08/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 19 6 udyf figs-metaphor ἦλθε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 Luke is speaking as if the Holy Spirit physically **came upon** these believers. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 19 6 j4n8 figs-explicit ἐλάλουν…γλώσσαις 1 and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy The implication is that these believers were speaking languages that they did not know. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “they were speaking in languages that they did not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And they were about 12 men in all Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information to conclude this part of the story of what Paul did in Ephesus. You language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-endofstory δὲ 1 And they were about 12 men in all Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information to conclude this part of the story of what Paul did in Ephesus. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 19 8 qv8z writing-pronouns ἐπαρρησιάζετο 1 having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul was speaking boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 19 8 yky2 figs-hendiadys διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **reasoning** tells how Paul was **persuading** people in the synagogue in Ephesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “reasonably persuading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 19 8 v8et figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about how God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@ ACT 19 40 sds7 figs-activepassive κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθ ACT 19 40 efat figs-ellipsis τῆς σήμερον 1 The city clerk is leaving out a word that a sentence would ordinarily need in Greek in order to be complete. The clerk is abbreviating the expression “the today day,” which means “this day.” You can say that in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 19 40 up3g figs-metonymy τῆς σήμερον 1 The city clerk is referring to the events that were nearly a riot, by association with the day on which they took place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the events of this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 19 40 jtdu figs-doublenegatives μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος, περὶ οὗ οὐ δυνησόμεθα ἀποδοῦναι λόγον 1 In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “there being no cause about which we will not be able to give an account.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “because we would have to have a reason in order to give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Race

Paul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])

### “Compelled by the Spirit”

Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him. +ACT 20 intro u91c 0 # Acts 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Race\n\nPaul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]])\n\n### “Compelled by the Spirit”\n\nPaul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him. ACT 20 2 edb8 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 had exhorted them with many words The pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the **regions** of Macedonia. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the believers there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 20 2 rvp8 translate-names τὴν Ἑλλάδα 1 The word **Greece** is the name of a country. At this time, the word meant about the same thing as “Achaia,” the name of the Roman province that consisted essentially of that country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 20 3 ah5w figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 by the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@ ACT 20 10 gfol figs-metaphor ἡ…ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσ ACT 20 11 w5w8 figs-synecdoche κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος 1 had broken bread Luke could be using the words **broken** and **tasted** to mean “eaten,” and he could be using the word **bread** to mean “food.” In each case he would be using one part of something to mean the whole thing. Breaking and tasting bread are things people do when they eat bread, and bread is one kind of food. So this could be a reference to the believers sharing a meal together. Alternate translation: “having shared a meal with the believers” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 20 11 upkb figs-explicit κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος 1 By ** having broken bread and having tasted **, Luke could also mean remembering the death of Jesus in the way that Jesus commanded, by literally breaking a loaf of bread and sharing it (and also sharing a cup of wine). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having observe the Lord’s Supper with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 11 av7m writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 20 12 lih8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of Eutychus. You language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 20 12 lih8 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened at the end of the story of Eutychus. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 20 12 jkj5 figs-explicit τὸν παῖδα 1 the boy Luke assumes that his readers will understand that by **the boy**, he means Eutychus. You can use his name if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Eutychus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 12 pk6c figs-activepassive παρεκλήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this comforted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 20 12 abx0 figs-litotes οὐ μετρίως 1 not moderately Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@ ACT 20 20 nu7h figs-doublenegatives ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην ACT 20 21 sqf9 figs-ellipsis διαμαρτυρόμενος…τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “testifying about the need for … repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **repentance** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about the need to repent towards God and believe in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 20 21 x552 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **our** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 20 22 hcs0 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 22 hcs0 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with the Spirit binding me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 20 22 n99n figs-metaphor δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι 1 Paul is speaking as if **the Spirit** had **bound** him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Spirit constraining me” or “with the Spirit leading me in a way that I cannot refuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 20 22 um41 grammar-connect-exceptions τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 Since Paul says in the next verse that he does know one thing that will happen to him in Jerusalem, it might appear in your language he is contradicting himself. If so, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. You could begin a new sentence here that continues into the next verse, leaving out the word “except” at the start of the next verse. Alternate translation: “The one thing I do know that will happen to me in her is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) From 9508b2520080f62135d1e61eb8938aff73b3ede9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:07:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0f925f4379..9383112f10 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus The word **Eutychus** i ACT 20 9 v5q7 translate-unknown ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος 1 on the window This **window** was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could describe this more fully. Alternate translation: “on the ledge of a window opening in the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-activepassive καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ…κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 was falling into a deep sleep If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express this idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a deep sleep overcoming him … sleep having overcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 20 9 abcz figs-personification καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ…κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 having been overcome by sleep Luke is speaking of **sleep** as if it were a living thing that could **overcome** Eutychus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “starting to sleep deeply … becoming completely asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story In this culture, the **third story** meant a level two floors above the ground floor. Some languages and cultures consider the “first story” to be one level above the ground floor, and so they would consider this level, two above the ground floor, to be the “second story.” You can say that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. +ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story In this culture, the **third story** meant a level two floors above the ground floor. Some languages and cultures consider the “first story” to be one level above the ground floor, and so they would consider this level, two stories above the ground floor, to be the “second story.” You can say that in your translation if it would be helpful to your readers. ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive ἤρθη νεκρός 1 and was picked up dead If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, the context suggests that it was the believers who were meeting with Paul. Alternate translation: “the believers picked him up dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 20 9 z1wf figs-explicit ἤρθη νεκρός 1 The implication is that some of the believers rushed down to help Eutychus but discovered that he had died from the fall. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “when the believers went down to help him, they picked him up dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 10 uban figs-activepassive μὴ θορυβεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not let this trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ce6aabbf57f862a163168b5233f0c9a48f2bcd47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:22:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9383112f10..41509b380d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2833,7 +2833,7 @@ ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 tears Paul is referring to strong ACT 20 19 e6k7 figs-ellipsis καὶ πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 trials that happened to me Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and how I endured the trials that happened to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews Paul is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to some members of that group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of certain Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 20 20 sscz figs-hyperbole ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 Paul says **nothing** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “how I did not withhold things that would be useful and not declare them to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 20 20 nu7h figs-doublenegatives ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative particle **now**. Alternate translation: “how I eagerly brought forth everything that would be useful so that I could declare it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 20 20 nu7h figs-doublenegatives ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative particle **not**. Alternate translation: “how I eagerly brought forth everything that would be useful so that I could declare it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 20 21 sqf9 figs-ellipsis διαμαρτυρόμενος…τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “testifying about the need for … repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **repentance** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “about the need to repent towards God and believe in our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 20 21 x552 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Paul is using the pronoun **our** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 1f3de27587050431f1f4ed8f693624218f46bc05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:27:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 41509b380d..c4a89563df 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ ACT 20 23 u26j figs-personification δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μέ ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-synecdoche δεσμὰ 1 chains and sufferings await me Paul is using one aspect of imprisonment, the **chains** that bound prisoners at this time, to mean the entire experience of being imprisoned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “imprisonment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 20 24 cvw3 figs-metonymy of no word do I consider my life valuable to myself 1 Paul is using the term **word** to mean what he might say by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I do not consider my life to have any value for myself worth speaking of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 24 ga6d figs-doublet τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 The terms **race** and **ministry** mean the same thing; **race** is figurative and **ministry** is literal. Paul is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could show how the second term is the literal equivalent of the first. Alternate translation: “to finish my race, that is, the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 to finish my race Paul is speaking as if the **ministry** that Jesus gave him was a **race** he was running. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete my assignment, that is, the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 to finish my race Paul is speaking as if the **ministry** that Jesus gave him were a **race** he was running. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete my assignment, that is, the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 24 ljgc figs-doublet τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 If you decide to use a plain expression rather than the figurative expression **race**, you could also use another way to express the emphasis that Paul is conveying by using two similar terms together. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus Paul is speaking about this **race** and **ministry** as if they were objects that Jesus gave him and he **received**. He means that Jesus commanded him to do this ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that the Lord Jesus commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 24 hg3l figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the good news that God graciously saves those who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From d43327303f4e032e217288201bab63d1aa1b48b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:35:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c4a89563df..803adbbaf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2850,14 +2850,14 @@ ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, κ ACT 20 24 ljgc figs-doublet τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 If you decide to use a plain expression rather than the figurative expression **race**, you could also use another way to express the emphasis that Paul is conveying by using two similar terms together. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus Paul is speaking about this **race** and **ministry** as if they were objects that Jesus gave him and he **received**. He means that Jesus commanded him to do this ministry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that plainly. Alternate translation: “to complete the entire ministry that the Lord Jesus commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 24 hg3l figs-abstractnouns τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the good news that God graciously saves those who believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 20 25 kj9c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 And now, behold, I know Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 20 25 l59w figs-explicit τὴν βασιλείαν 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will understand that by **kingdom**, he means the kingdom of God. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 20 25 kj9c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 And now, behold, I know Paul is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 25 l59w figs-explicit τὴν βασιλείαν 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will understand that by **kingdom** he means the kingdom of God. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-abstractnouns τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of a **kingdom**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God has begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 20 26 rab4 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ 1 This is an idiomatic expression. Your language may have its own way of expressing the same meaning. Alternate translation: “this very day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more Paul is using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will see me no more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent from the blood of all Paul is referring to death as a punishment by association with the way a person’s blood is often shed when they are executed. In this case the death is not physical but spiritual. It is the punishment of spiritual death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for the punishment of spiritual death that any of you might receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 27 g1vx translate-versebridge 0 In this verse, Paul is giving the reason why he is not responsible for any spiritual punishment the people in Ephesus might receive. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 26–27. It might say something like this: “I did not hold back from declaring all the counsel of God to you. Therefore I testify to you this very day that I am innocent of the blood of all of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 20 26 rs87 figs-explicit καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 Paul assumes that his readers will understand that they wold receive a punishment of spiritual death for rejecting Jesus as their Savior from the guilt of sin. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for the punishment of spiritual death that any of you might receive for rejecting Jesus as your Savior from the guilt of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 20 26 rs87 figs-explicit καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 Paul assumes that his readers will understand that they would receive a punishment of spiritual death for rejecting Jesus as their Savior from the guilt of sin. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for the punishment of spiritual death that any of you might receive for rejecting Jesus as your Savior from the guilt of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold back**. Alternate translation: “For I forthrightly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 20 27 jl2w figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῖν 1 Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everything that you needed to know in order to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to shepherd the church of God Paul is speaking as if the believers were a **flock** of sheep and the elders to whom he is speaking were their shepherds. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers whose leaders the Holy Spirit has made you, to care for the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 71fa9d8fe7613426404f32753943ddf4f6918a28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:37:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 803adbbaf8..848e7c3e71 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@ ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρε ACT 20 30 cbq1 figs-rpronouns καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν 1 Paul is adding the word **yourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “From within your very own group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 20 30 esme figs-metaphor ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα 1 In this context, **arise** means to take action to get an enterprise under way, not to get up from a sitting or lying position. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “men will begin to speak perverted things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 30 yn8u figs-activepassive διεστραμμένα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “distortions of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 to draw away the disciples after them Paul is speaking as if these false teachers would physically **draw away** people **after them** as they left the fellowship of true believers in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to influence disciples to follower their teaching instead of Jesus’ teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν 1 to draw away the disciples after them Paul is speaking as if these false teachers would physically **draw away** people **after them** as they themselves left the fellowship of true believers in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to influence disciples to follow their teaching instead of Jesus’ teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 31 hs1m figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop admonishing If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative word **stop**. Alternate translation: “I continued to warn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Paul is referring to strong emotion by association with the way a person who feels things deeply sheds **tears** of sadness or joy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with deep emotion” or “with genuine feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν 1 for three years I did not stop admonishing … night and day Paul is using the two parts of a full day, **night** and **day**, to mean all the time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 9cd237ca164cadedf29770057149d64efdbf5805 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:43:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 848e7c3e71..91e00300af 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ ACT 20 32 tbeo figs-abstractnouns τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτ ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up Paul is speaking as if these believers were a wall or building or other structure and the **word** of God’s **grace** was making them higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make you more confident and mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance Paul is speaking as if the blessings that God gives believers were money or property that a child inherits from a father. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 32 sdlc figs-activepassive τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the ones whom God has sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver The implication is that Paul did not desire any of these things and try to get them by charging for his ministry to the Ephesians. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I did not insist on being paid for my work” or “I did not try to become wealthy by teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver The implication is that Paul did not desire any of these things and did not try to get them by charging for his ministry to the Ephesians. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I did not insist on being paid for my work” or “I did not try to become wealthy by teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 33 o5jp figs-doublenegatives ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **no one** and the negative word **coveted**. Alternate translation: “I served you freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 20 33 yl6k figs-metonymy ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου 1 Paul is referring to money by association with the way, in this culture, people used **silver** and **gold** as money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 33 ipq5 figs-merism ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 no one’s silver, gold, or clothing In this culture, owning expensive **clothing** was a way of storing and displaying wealth. Paul is referring to wealth by naming two of its major components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 84251b9dec04c63895df578fbdf116e1a74023fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:46:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 91e00300af..ebb4ec00e2 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2883,7 +2883,7 @@ ACT 20 32 sdlc figs-activepassive τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις 1 If your l ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no one’s silver The implication is that Paul did not desire any of these things and did not try to get them by charging for his ministry to the Ephesians. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “I did not insist on being paid for my work” or “I did not try to become wealthy by teaching you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 20 33 o5jp figs-doublenegatives ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative phrase **no one** and the negative word **coveted**. Alternate translation: “I served you freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 20 33 yl6k figs-metonymy ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου 1 Paul is referring to money by association with the way, in this culture, people used **silver** and **gold** as money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 20 33 ipq5 figs-merism ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 no one’s silver, gold, or clothing In this culture, owning expensive **clothing** was a way of storing and displaying wealth. Paul is referring to wealth by naming two of its major components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 20 33 ipq5 figs-merism ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς 1 no one’s silver, gold, or clothing In this culture, owning expensive **clothing** was a way of storing and displaying wealth. Paul is referring to wealth by naming two of its major components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the wealth of no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε 1 You yourselves know Paul is adding the word **yourselves** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-personification ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands ministered to my needs and to those who Paul is speaking of his **hands** as if they were a living thing that **ministered** to his **needs**, that is, worked to pay his expenses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I worked with my hands to pay my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 20 34 izuu figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to the needs of those who were with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 4950dced2a5e6cf3fd372cfcff6b00cc3913d703 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 00:02:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ebb4ec00e2..166e401267 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2899,7 +2899,7 @@ ACT 20 37 pb4r figs-idiom ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλ ACT 20 37 sze4 translate-symaction κατεφίλουν αὐτόν 1 they were kissing him To kiss someone on the cheek was an expression of brotherly or friendly love in this culture. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “they were kissing him on the cheek to express their brotherly love for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 20 38 npay figs-metonymy τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the statement that Paul made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement that he had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 38 bs3s figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 they were never going to see his face again In his statement, Paul was using one part of himself, his **face**, to represent all of himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that they were never going to see him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “spoken, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 20 38 m0wr figs-quotations εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “he spoke, ‘You are going to see my face no more’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 21 intro gh1j 0 # Acts 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Acts 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews.

The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “They are all determined to keep the law”

The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that.

### Nazarite vow

The vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads ([Acts 21:23](../21/23.md)).

### Gentiles in the temple

The Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Roman citizenship

The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. ACT 21 1 i6f8 0 Connecting Statement: The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels. ACT 21 1 s3h3 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς…ἤλθομεν 1 Here the word **we** refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From fe308463dc7a84d4b6b3d79f3f567f7e4f470b67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:45:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 166e401267..9b73a9da8f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-personification ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρ ACT 20 34 izuu figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to the needs of those who were with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 35 zibu figs-ellipsis πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I showed you all things in order to demonstrate that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 35 pvrm figs-hyperbole πάντα…ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “consistently that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 20 35 b6o1 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “, in everything that I did,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 20 35 b6o1 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in all respects” or "in everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 20 35 d1bh figs-metonymy ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 Paul is referring to helping people by association with the way that someone might **take hold** of a person who was **weak** to keep him from falling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to help those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 35 tr1d figs-rpronouns τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ , ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν 1 Paul is adding the word **himself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the words that none other than our Lord Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Paul is using the term **words** to mean a statement that Jesus made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0df6dfed0ffaee78abca31021a9e3c1cfe894602 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 21:51:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 9b73a9da8f..040fdf6eb3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ ACT 18 24 qn7z figs-idiom κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον 1 Luke doe ACT 18 24 bh25 figs-metaphor δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 He was mighty in the scriptures Luke is speaking of **Apollos** as if he had physical strength with regard to the Scriptures. Luke means that he knew the Scriptures very well. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having great knowledge about the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 25 ym5i figs-hendiadys ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **speaking** tells how Apollos was **teaching** about Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “as he spoke, he taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος 1 He had been instructed in the way of the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 18 25 jj3b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is speaking of the salvation that God has provided through Jesus as a way or path that people walked on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 18 25 jj3b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is speaking as if the salvation that God has provided through Jesus is a way or path that people walk on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the salvation that God has provided through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 18 25 jwol writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche ζέων τῷ πνεύματι 1 and being fervent in spirit Here the **spirit** represents a person’s feelings and motivation. Alternate translation: “being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 18 25 lr1h figs-possession τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John Luke is using the possessive form here not to describe a **baptism** that **John** received but the baptism that John performed. Alternate translation: “the baptism that John performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From 121d13e21f684515fb4307dd5b07a8eb1643c50f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:25:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 040fdf6eb3..d8035ba4b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2888,7 +2888,7 @@ ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε 1 You yourselves k ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-personification ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands ministered to my needs and to those who Paul is speaking of his **hands** as if they were a living thing that **ministered** to his **needs**, that is, worked to pay his expenses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I worked with my hands to pay my own expenses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 20 34 izuu figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to the needs of those who were with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 35 zibu figs-ellipsis πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I showed you all things in order to demonstrate that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 20 35 pvrm figs-hyperbole πάντα…ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “consistently that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 20 35 pvrm figs-hyperbole πάντα…ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “consistently, that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 20 35 b6o1 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in all respects” or "in everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 20 35 d1bh figs-metonymy ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 Paul is referring to helping people by association with the way that someone might **take hold** of a person who was **weak** to keep him from falling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to help those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 35 tr1d figs-rpronouns τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ , ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν 1 Paul is adding the word **himself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the words that none other than our Lord Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) From aa3bfec984afe79262fab608049fa41ea90d43c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:38:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d8035ba4b4..309323320e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1666,12 +1666,12 @@ ACT 10 47 kwv5 figs-activepassive τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτ ACT 10 48 l8ci figs-explicit προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 The implication is that Peter and the believers who accompanied him from Joppa would be the ones to baptize the Gentile believers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter told the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 48 z4fh figs-activepassive προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he commanded them to receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here, **in the name** is an idiomatic way of saying “on the basis of naming.” Peter commanded Cornelius and his guests to acknowledge Jesus as the Messiah as the basis of their baptism for the forgiveness of their sins, as described in [10:43](../10/43.md). See how you translated the similar expression in [2:48](../02/48.md). Alternate translation: “on the basis of naming Jesus as the Christ” or “upon acknowledging that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”

Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### "the Lord"

In verse 16, Peter refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Luke refers to Jesus the same way in the second instance of the phrase in verse 21 and in verses 23 and 24. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Peter’s summary of his visit to Cornelius

In Acts 11:5–17, Peter summarizes the events that are described in greater detail in 10:9–47. Very similar language is used throughout both passages. As you translate 11:5–17, in order to ensure that your translation is consistent, compare how you translated specific terms and phrases in 10:9–47. +ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Gentiles also had received the word of God”\n\nAlmost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### "the Lord"\n\nIn verse 16, Peter refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Luke refers to Jesus the same way in the second instance of the phrase in verse 21 and in verses 23 and 24. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Peter’s summary of his visit to Cornelius\n\nIn Acts 11:5–17, Peter summarizes the events that are described in greater detail in 10:9–47. Very similar language is used throughout both passages. As you translate 11:5–17, in order to ensure that your translation is consistent, compare how you translated specific terms and phrases in 10:9–47. ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 11 1 f1md figs-metaphor οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 2 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter shared with Cornelius and his guests by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter, by using words, shared with Cornelius and his guests. Alternate translation: “had heard the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 came up to Jerusalem Luke says that Peter **came up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision As in [10:45](../10/45.md), Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify as Jewish these believers who disputed with Peter. They were likely strictly observant Jews who followed the teaching of the Pharisees about Jews visiting with Gentiles. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter 10. Alternate translation: “some believers who were strictly observant Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision As in [10:45](../10/45.md), Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify as Jewish these believers who disputed with Peter. They were likely to have been strictly observant Jews who followed the teaching of the Pharisees about Jews visiting with Gentiles. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter 10. Alternate translation: “some believers who were strictly observant Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 3 pcce figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας, καὶ συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You went in to men having foreskins and ate with them!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 11 3 zmou figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς 1 This expression implicitly means that Peter went in to the home of these **men**. Alternate translation: “he went into the home of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase **men having foreskins** refers to men who are not Jewish. It is a crude and dismissive expression, and it shows that these Jewish believers still regarded Gentiles with disdain. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised men” or “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e8c9c0984ddc722a43c5b242a96bd3dd2e5be404 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:42:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 309323320e..b0c4a6f880 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ ACT 11 5 dtt5 figs-activepassive καθιεμένην 1 If your language does n ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the four-legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky From Peter’s response in [11:8](../11/08.md), the implication is that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of the creatures in the container. See how you translated this in [10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: “… and the birds of the sky, including some that the law of Moses commanded Jews not to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 7 gm0m figs-personification φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 Luke speaks of this **voice** as if it were a living thing that could speak on its own. Alternate translation: “someone saying to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 11 7 ag7l figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 11 8 m4mu figs-exclamations μηδαμῶς 1 By no means **Not at all** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated this in [10:14](../10/14.md). Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +ACT 11 8 m4mu figs-exclamations μηδαμῶς 1 By no means **By no means** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated this in [10:14](../10/14.md). Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ACT 11 8 nbju figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “food that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-explicit κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the common or unclean, like some of those animals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 8 wwbw figs-doublenegatives κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the word **never** and the negative terms **common** and **unclean**. Alternate translation: “only what is holy and clean has ever entered into my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From cfce8882f2b2bf02592f32a2b500c87cfaab7aa1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:49:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b0c4a6f880..44772f6b16 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ ACT 11 7 gm0m figs-personification φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 Luke s ACT 11 7 ag7l figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation, as in UST: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 8 m4mu figs-exclamations μηδαμῶς 1 By no means **By no means** is an exclamation that communicates a strong refusal to do or even to consider something. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. See how you translated this in [10:14](../10/14.md). Alternate translation: “No, never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) ACT 11 8 nbju figs-doublet κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον 1 The words **common** and **unclean** mean similar things. Peter may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “food that our Jewish laws forbid us to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-explicit κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the common or unclean, like some of those animals,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-explicit κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth The implication is that some the animals in the container were forbidden for Jews to eat. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the common or unclean, like some of those animals, I have never eaten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 8 wwbw figs-doublenegatives κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the word **never** and the negative terms **common** and **unclean**. Alternate translation: “only what is holy and clean has ever entered into my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 11 8 j0rv figs-synecdoche κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Peter is using one part of the eating process to represent the entire process. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 11 9 b24j figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) From 1743e7f5a9a1aa8f0b7427d6693820933c7abbfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 22:55:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 44772f6b16..742c57e3a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1687,10 +1687,10 @@ ACT 11 8 wwbw figs-doublenegatives κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδ ACT 11 8 j0rv figs-synecdoche κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Peter is using one part of the eating process to represent the entire process. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 11 9 b24j figs-123person ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν 1 If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) ACT 11 9 txbl writing-pronouns σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 The voice is adding the pronoun **you** for emphasis. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with the imperative but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you must not make common” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 11 10 xrq6 τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” See how you translated this in [10:16](../10/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 11 10 xrq6 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” See how you translated this in [10:16](../10/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 10 s2ik figs-activepassive ἀνεσπάσθη…ἅπαντα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling everything up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive ἦμεν 1 General Information: The term **we** refers to Peter and the others in the house in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. So use the exclusive form of “we” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 11 11 b2qv figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἐξαυτῆς 1 behold Peter is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on how soon after his vision ended these **three men** arrived. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 11 11 b2qv figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἐξαυτῆς 1 behold Peter is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on how soon after his vision ended these **three men** arrived. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “right then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 11 k44j ἐξαυτῆς 1 right away Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that exact moment” ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 having been sent If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 11 12 lf6m figs-explicit μηδὲν διακρίναντα 1 not making any distinction This could mean: (1) that the Spirit did not want Peter to have any doubts or worries about going with the men, even though they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “not worrying about it” (2) that the Spirit did not want Peter to feel that he should not be in the company of these men, because they were Gentiles. Alternate translation: “not making a distinction between these men and others you would associate with” See how you translated this in [10:20](../10/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From b33a790917a6bf26986dd74fc1b23f13a4ddd030 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:03:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 742c57e3a0..ce19635e44 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household ACT 11 15 a8jw figs-explicitinfo ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν 1 as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit came on them Peter is using the word **began** to indicate that he had been doing something else (listening to Cornelius tell why he had summoned him) but then began to do something new when Cornelius finished speaking. It might not be necessary to translate the word **began**, since it may seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express in your language. Alternate translation: “as I was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-metaphor ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as also on us in the beginning Peter is speaking of the Holy Spirit as if it **fell** on Cornelius and his guests. See how you translated the similar expressions in [8:16](../08/12.md) and [10:44](../10/44.md). Alternate translation: “they received the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 15 qdon writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to Cornelius and his guests. Alternate translation: “the man who had sent for me and the others in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-exclusive ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 General Information: Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers he is speaking to in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-exclusive ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 General Information: Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers to whom he is speaking in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 11 15 th4m figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning By **in the beginning**, Peter means the day of Pentecost. Alternate translation: “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 16 xd9t figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος 1 Peter is using the term **word** to mean what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “the statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 16 ett3 writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) From 3a6814d4bf63241d0726510e5ce19ae8df046a7d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:06:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ce19635e44..7b444b0a3e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ ACT 11 16 xd9t figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος 1 Peter is using the term ACT 11 16 ett3 writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 11 16 wwnl figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 After first describing how John baptized people literally, Jesus uses baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to chapter 1, and see how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit You may wish to retain the metaphor of baptism in your translation. If you do, if it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers he is speaking to in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers to whom he is speaking in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 11 17 y7ag figs-explicit τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν 1 the same gift Peter is referring to the **gift** of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the gift of the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us when we believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God? Peter is using the question form to convince his listeners that God wanted him to accept the Gentile believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 11 17 xpsl writing-pronouns ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 For emphasis, Peter is adding the pronoun **you**, which is not required with the verb. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with verbs but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 3c578ecd1ad5d594d8346fb2f3d6f5d70491562a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:10:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7b444b0a3e..4690dbeb77 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** refers to Peter ACT 11 17 y7ag figs-explicit τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν 1 the same gift Peter is referring to the **gift** of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the gift of the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us when we believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God? Peter is using the question form to convince his listeners that God wanted him to accept the Gentile believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 11 17 xpsl writing-pronouns ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 For emphasis, Peter is adding the pronoun **you**, which is not required with the verb. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with verbs but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 11 17 ot1z figs-explicit κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 It may be helpful to indicate in what way Peter thought he might have hindered God. Alternate translation: “to hinder God by refusing to welcome and baptize people to whom he had given his own Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 11 17 ot1z figs-explicit κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 It may be helpful to indicate in what way Peter thought he might be able to **hinder** God. Alternate translation: “to hinder God by refusing to welcome and baptize people to whom he had given his own Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 18 xlpt writing-pronouns ἡσύχασαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter was speaking. Alternate translation: “the Jewish believers became quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 11 18 nr7g figs-idiom ἡσύχασαν 1 they became quiet This is an idiom that means they no longer argued. Alternate translation: “they no longer argue with Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **repentance** and **life**, you could express the same idea in other ways. Here the term **life** refers to everlasting life. Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles as well to repent and live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 006190168591211a034c7cb4e92191076eeae484 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:11:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4690dbeb77..7dac962530 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλ ACT 11 17 xpsl writing-pronouns ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 For emphasis, Peter is adding the pronoun **you**, which is not required with the verb. If your language does not ordinarily use a pronoun with verbs but can do so for emphasis, it would be appropriate to do that here. You could also express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly could not hinder God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 11 17 ot1z figs-explicit κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν 1 It may be helpful to indicate in what way Peter thought he might be able to **hinder** God. Alternate translation: “to hinder God by refusing to welcome and baptize people to whom he had given his own Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 18 xlpt writing-pronouns ἡσύχασαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter was speaking. Alternate translation: “the Jewish believers became quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 11 18 nr7g figs-idiom ἡσύχασαν 1 they became quiet This is an idiom that means they no longer argued. Alternate translation: “they no longer argue with Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 11 18 nr7g figs-idiom ἡσύχασαν 1 they became quiet This is an idiom that means they no longer argued. Alternate translation: “they no longer argued with Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **repentance** and **life**, you could express the same idea in other ways. Here the term **life** refers to everlasting life. Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles as well to repent and live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Then Luke uses the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ 1 those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This is a reference to the **persecution** that Luke describes in [8:1](../08/01.md), which began after the trial and death of Stephen. See how you translated the similar expression in that verse. Alternate translation: “those who had scattered because of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 771d43b79365331ca9a0419a803d7965d533bac9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:18:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7dac962530..ce3c98172e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ ACT 11 20 tz12 translate-names Κυρηναῖοι 1 The word **Cyrenians** is ACT 11 20 mww9 figs-explicit τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς 1 and spoke also to Greeks Luke assumes that his readers will know that these people he calls **Greeks** were not necessarily from Greece; rather, they were Greek-speaking people who were also Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 21 ebxq writing-politeness χεὶρ Κυρίου 1 In this instance, Luke seems to mean God the Father when he says **the Lord**. In [4:29–30](../04/29.md), the believers pray, “Lord … stretch out your hand to heal and for signs and wonders to happen through the name of your holy Servant Jesus.” Luke seems to be describing these events as part of the answer to that prayer. Alternate translation: “the hand of God the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 11 21 aj5g figs-metonymy χεὶρ 1 The hand of the Lord was with them Here, the **hand** represents power, since hands give people the capability to do things. Alternate translation: “the power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 21 bfm5 figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 When Luke says that God *with** the men from Cyprus and Cyrene who were proclaiming the gospel, this is an idiom that means God was working through them. Alternate translation: “was working through them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 11 21 bfm5 figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 When Luke says that God **was with** the men from Cyprus and Cyrene who were proclaiming the gospel, this is an idiom that means God was working through them. Alternate translation: “was working through them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 turned to the Lord Luke speaks of these Gentiles in Antioch as if they physically **turned to the Lord**. He means that they stopped living in one way and began to live in another way. They believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “became disciples of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 21 qcn3 writing-politeness ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 In this instance, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title, as the General Notes to this chapter discuss. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-explicitinfo ἠκούσθη…ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν 1 the ears of the church In your language, the expression **was heard in the ears** might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the word about them was heard by the church being in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) From 9300c695f36a3bdee76a478b1ca70472b80d4f87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:21:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ce3c98172e..e14bcfaf4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1735,9 +1735,9 @@ ACT 11 21 bfm5 figs-idiom ἦν…μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 When Luke says that ACT 11 21 n9pq figs-metaphor ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 turned to the Lord Luke speaks of these Gentiles in Antioch as if they physically **turned to the Lord**. He means that they stopped living in one way and began to live in another way. They believed in Jesus and started to obey him. Alternate translation: “became disciples of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 21 qcn3 writing-politeness ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 In this instance, Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title, as the General Notes to this chapter discuss. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 11 22 i7vs figs-explicitinfo ἠκούσθη…ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν 1 the ears of the church In your language, the expression **was heard in the ears** might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “the word about them was heard by the church being in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -ACT 11 22 kcb8 figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God will do the action. Alternate translation: “the church being in Jerusalem heard the word about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 11 22 kcb8 figs-activepassive ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς οὔσης ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ περὶ αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God will do the action. Alternate translation: “The church being in Jerusalem heard the word about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 11 22 rdhr figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean a report about the Gentile believers in Antioch. Alternate translation: “a report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 11 22 oa8h writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…ἐξαπέστειλαν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Gentile believers in Antioch, and the pronoun **they** refers to the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “these Gentile believers … its leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 11 22 oa8h writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…ἐξαπέστειλαν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Gentile believers in Antioch, and the pronoun **they** refers to the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “these Gentile believers … its leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 11 23 b7w7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace that is of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how gracious God had been to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with purpose of heart Here the **heart** represents the will and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with firm determination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 24 b9a8 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why Barnabas encouraged the new believers in Antioch so well. Alternate translation: “He was able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 7a9b8f3261fbcfc9791af6d56ab6c85a49c965b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:27:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e14bcfaf4e..fcc59f308d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ ACT 11 22 oa8h writing-pronouns αὐτῶν…ἐξαπέστειλαν 1 The ACT 11 23 b7w7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saw the grace that is of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how gracious God had been to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 with purpose of heart Here the **heart** represents the will and desires of a person. Alternate translation: “with firm determination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 24 b9a8 grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why Barnabas encouraged the new believers in Antioch so well. Alternate translation: “He was able to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -ACT 11 24 he5z figs-metaphor πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit Luke speaks of Barnabas as if he were a container that was **full** of the **Holy Spirit** and of **faith**. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “who was inspired by the Holy Spirit and who had strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 11 24 he5z figs-metaphor πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit Luke speaks of Barnabas as if he were a container that was **full** of the **Holy Spirit** and of **faith**. Alternate translation: “who was inspired by the Holy Spirit and who had strong faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 24 m7yy figs-abstractnouns καὶ πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who was inspired by the Holy Spirit and who believed firmly in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 11 24 e35e figs-activepassive προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It is clear from the context that God did the action. Alternate translation: “God added a considerable crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 a considerable crowd was added to the Lord Luke says **the Lord** (a title for Jesus) to mean the community of believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “to the community of believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8bd4d9e8c20c63f38f10f98c82468fc202861c0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:38:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fcc59f308d..3f05677b35 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch Alter ACT 11 27 h6zw writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 11 27 kep8 figs-idiom ἐν ταύταις…ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Luke is using the word **days** to describe a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 11 27 d8bb figs-idiom κατῆλθον 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Luke says that these prophets **came down** from Jerusalem because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling from Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 11 28 q3tl translate-symaction ἀναστὰς 1 and indicated by the Spirit that Alternate Here, **having arisen** means that Agabus stood up as a symbolic action to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])translation: “and the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy that” +ACT 11 28 q3tl translate-symaction ἀναστὰς 1 and indicated by the Spirit that Here, **having arisen** means that Agabus stood up as a symbolic action to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 11 28 w18f figs-hyperbole ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 The term **whole** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “throughout the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 11 28 pd2t figs-explicit τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 over the whole world Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **world**, he means the part of the world that they were familiar with. Alternate translation: “the … Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 28 jmc5 figs-idiom ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου 1 in the days of Claudius The expression **upon Claudius** refers to the time during the reign of Claudius. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during the reign of Claudius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ ACT 11 28 fjyk translate-names Κλαυδίου 1 The word **Claudius** is the ACT 11 29 rk9z figs-explicit τῶν…μαθητῶν καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν…πέμψαι 1 just as anyone prospered The implication is that while some of the disciples were **prospering** greatly but others were struggling financially, every one of them resolved to send something according to his own means. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while some of the believers in Antioch were rich and others were poor, every one of them resolved to send what they could afford” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 29 up7a figs-metaphor τοῖς…ἀδελφοῖς 1 to the brothers living in Judea Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “to their fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 30 taw4 figs-explicit πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the **elders** who were the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to the elders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-synecdoche διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul Here, the **hand**, one part of a person, represents the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-synecdoche διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul Here, the **hand**, one part of a person, represents the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take it to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 11 30 rq2w διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 If you retain the figurative word **hand** in your translation, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of that word, if you would not ordinarily speak of two people having one hand. Alternate translation: “by the hands of Barnabas and Saul” ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas and Saul back were delivering money from Antioch to Jerusalem, as described in 11:25-30. Herod killed one of the apostles, James, and he put Peter in prison. God helped Peter escape from the prison, so Herod executed the prison guards, but God then killed Herod. ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 8d59f928f6b958e2d67206988252c0dc6bb961b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:43:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3f05677b35..5fd87d52ea 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ ACT 6 5 yqsj figs-abstractnouns ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ ACT 6 5 cg5s translate-names Ἀντιοχέα 1 an Antiochian The name **Antiochian** describes a person who comes from the city of Antioch. Alternate translation: “who came from Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 6 6 lvaj figs-events προσευξάμενοι, ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 This could mean: (1) that the apostles first prayed and then placed their hands on these men. Alternate translation: “after they had prayed, they placed their hands upon them” (2) that the apostles placed their hands on the men while they were praying for them. Alternate translation: “they prayed for them with their hands placed upon them” or “they placed their hands upon them and prayed for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) ACT 6 6 wu1y translate-symaction ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 and placed their hands upon them The apostles **placed their hands** on the seven men to show publicly that they were giving them the responsibility and authority to oversee the food distribution. Alternate translation: “and placed their hands on them to show that they were giving them responsibility and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 6 7 x48w writing-endofstory 0 As the outline in the General Introduction indicates, this verse is the end of the first major section of the book of Acts. That section describes how the apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem. Luke uses this verse to summarize what happened as a result of the events within this whole section of the book. You language may have its own way of indicating how such a summary relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 6 7 x48w writing-endofstory 0 As the outline in the General Introduction indicates, this verse is the end of the first major section of the book of Acts. That section describes how the apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem. Luke uses this verse to summarize what happened as a result of the events within this whole section of the book. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such a summary relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 6 7 wu4l figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 1 the word of God was growing Luke is speaking of the way the message about Jesus kept becoming more widespread as if the word of God itself were **growing**. Alternate translation: “more and more people were hearing the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 6 7 ueie figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν 1 the word of God was growing Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that God told the believers to spread by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus kept becoming more widespread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 7 jg8y figs-synecdoche ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει 1 became obedient to the faith Luke speaks generally of **the faith** (that is, belief in Jesus) to indicate that these priests **became obedient** to one part of it, Jesus’ teachings about how to live. But that obedience showed that the priests genuinely embraced faith in Jesus as Messiah in its entirety. Alternate translation: “came to believe in Jesus and so started obeying his teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ ACT 7 55 bl2j figs-explicit δόξαν Θεοῦ 1 he saw the glory of God The i ACT 7 55 zpry figs-nominaladj Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Luke is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “Jesus standing at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 7 55 vamz figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus standing in a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 55 vyz3 translate-symaction Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and Jesus standing at the right hand of God Elsewhere in the New Testament, Jesus is described as “sitting” **at the right of God**. Many interpreters believe that Jesus stood on this occasion to honor Stephen for his courage and faithful testimony. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Jesus, in a place of honor next to God, standing to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 7 56 gzvv figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Stephen is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 7 56 gzvv figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Stephen is using the term **behold** to focus his listeners’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 7 56 p0jg figs-metaphor θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διηνοιγμένους, καὶ 1 Stephen is speaking of **the heavens** being **opened** to mean that they are open to his view. Alternate translation: “the heavens are open to my view, and I see” or “I can see into heaven, and I see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 7 56 aqp8 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus himself used that title to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate the title directly into your language. Alternatively, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could express what it means. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 56 imoa figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated the nominal adjective **right** in [7:55](../07/55.md). Alternate translation: “standing at the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) @@ -1551,12 +1551,12 @@ ACT 10 15 st9c writing-pronouns σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 The voice is adding ACT 10 16 rlr9 figs-explicit τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς 1 this happened three times This could mean: (1) that the voice told Peter three times to kill and eat, Peter refused three times, and each time the voice told him not to call unclean what God had cleansed. Alternate translation: “Peter had this exchange with the voice three times” (2) that after Peter first refused, the voice said to him three times, “What God has cleansed, you must not make common.” Alternate translation: “the voice said this three times” You may find it simplest to say, “This happened three times,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 16 ej9h figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη τὸ σκεῦος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it appeared as if someone was pulling the container back up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 d4zi ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος, τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν 1 Peter was very confused … about Alternate translation: “Peter was wondering how God could have given him a vision like that” -ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 17 n6da figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **men** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 17 cg9a figs-activepassive οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Cornelius had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 17 e62m figs-explicit ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα 1 stood before the gate The implication is that the house of Simon the tanner had a wall around it and that there was a **gate** in the wall that people could use to enter the property. Alternate translation: “stood before the gate to the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 18 qe9d figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος 1 they called out If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 10 18 r91o figs-activepassive ξενίζεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was a guest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 10 19 iqx5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 Behold The Spirit is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on what he is about to say. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention, this is important: Three men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 19 iqx5 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 Behold The Spirit is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention, this is important: Three men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 19 va39 translate-textvariants ἄνδρες τρεῖς 1 three men are looking for you Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts say “two men” or “some men.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 10 20 ndju figs-idiom ἀναστάς 1 Here the term **arising** means that the voice wanted Peter to take action, not that the voice wanted him to stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “Go ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 20 ym1x figs-explicit κατάβηθι 1 go down The implication is that Peter is to **go down** from the roof of the house and greet the men. Alternate translation: “go down from the roof of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ ACT 10 30 x4m7 figs-nominaladj τὴν ἐνάτην 1 Cornelius is using the a ACT 10 30 u1es figs-idiom τὴν ἐνάτην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. See how you translated this expression in [10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 10 30 p73u translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην 1 If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 10 30 yy6e figs-explicit τὴν ἐνάτην 1 at the ninth hour This was the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. Cornelius, as a Gentile who worshiped the God of Israel, would have praying at this time. Alternate translation: “during my usual afternoon prayer time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 10 30 oicx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἀνὴρ 1 Cornelius is using the term **behold** to focus Peter’s attention on how suddenly this **man** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 10 30 g485 figs-explicit ἀνὴρ 1 Luke says in [10:3](../01/32.md) that Cornelius saw an angel. Cornelius calls him **a man** here because the angel appeared to him in human form. You could say that explicitly in your translation if your readers might be confused otherwise. Alternate translation: “an angel in human form” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 10 31 twnu figs-quotesinquotes φησί, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “he told me that my prayer had been heard and that my alms had been remembered before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])Q ACT 10 31 uep3 φησί 1 To call attention to a development in the story, here Cornelius uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” @@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ ACT 11 29 up7a figs-metaphor τοῖς…ἀδελφοῖς 1 to the brothers li ACT 11 30 taw4 figs-explicit πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the **elders** who were the leaders of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to the elders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 30 l8i8 figs-synecdoche διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 by the hand of Barnabas and Saul Here, the **hand**, one part of a person, represents the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take it to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 11 30 rq2w διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου 1 If you retain the figurative word **hand** in your translation, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural form of that word, if you would not ordinarily speak of two people having one hand. Alternate translation: “by the hands of Barnabas and Saul” -ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Chapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas and Saul back were delivering money from Antioch to Jerusalem, as described in 11:25-30. Herod killed one of the apostles, James, and he put Peter in prison. God helped Peter escape from the prison, so Herod executed the prison guards, but God then killed Herod. +ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nChapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas and Saul were delivering money from Antioch to Jerusalem, as described in 11:25-30. Herod killed one of the apostles, James, and he put Peter in prison. God helped Peter escape from the prison, so Herod executed the prison guards, but God then killed Herod. ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 12 1 f2gr figs-explicit κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time The phrase **that time** implicitly refers to the time that Luke has just described, when the church in Antioch sent Barnabas and Saul to Jerusalem with money to help the believers there. Alternate translation: “at the time when the church in Antioch sent assistance to the believers in Jerusalem,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 1 aqd0 translate-names Ἡρῴδης 1 The word **Herod** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:27](../04/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From fe3e9633211714cc108c159fb6c5cbb64119fc1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:44:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 5fd87d52ea..8b937e0097 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ ACT 12 1 aqd0 translate-names Ἡρῴδης 1 The word **Herod** is the name o ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 laid hands on The expression **laid on hands** means to arrest someone by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. See how you translated it in [5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “arrested some from the church, intending to harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 12 1 og4q figs-synecdoche ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Herod most likely did not do this himself, Rather, as a ruler, he ordered his soldiers to arrest **some from the church**. Luke is speaking of Herod, one person who was involved in this action, to mean everyone who was involved. Alternate translation: “had his soldiers arrest some from the church, intending to harm them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 12 2 i7zy translate-names Ἰάκωβον…Ἰωάννου 1 The words **James** and **John** are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 12 2 r1zv figs-synecdoche ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον 1 he killed James It was probably not Herod himself who **killed James**. Rather, he most likely ordered his soldiers to do this. Alternate translation: “he had his soldiers execute James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 12 2 r1zv figs-synecdoche ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον 1 he killed James It was probably not Herod himself who **killed James**. Rather, he most likely ordered his soldiers to do this. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to execute James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 12 3 v4ag figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “to the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 12 3 ly66 translate-names ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread The phrase **Unleavened Bread** is the name of a Jewish religious observance that took place over several **days**. If your readers would not be familiar with the food known as “bread” or the substance known as “leaven,” you could translate this with a general expression. Alternate translation: “the days of Special Food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 12 4 tza2 writing-pronouns ὃν καὶ πιάσας, ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν 1 The pronouns **whom** refers to Peter, and the pronoun **he** refers to Herod. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “After Herod had arrested Peter, he put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 74216df63ffae0a08f4efdf7c38ce97be6e6f5b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:48:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8b937e0097..13532fd3d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ ACT 12 4 pps1 translate-unknown τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρα ACT 12 4 i23a figs-idiom βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him out to the people The phrase **to bring him out** means to put Peter on trial publicly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Herod planned to judge Peter in a public trial in the presence of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 12 5 xpcx figs-activepassive ὁ…Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to specify who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the soldiers. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were guarding Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the church was earnestly praying to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν 1 Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night Here, the word translated **to bring … out** is slightly different from the word translated that same way in [12:4](../01/01.md). It means to put someone on trial, and the implications, based on the fact that Herod saw that it pleased the Jewish leaders when he executed James, are that Herod planned to execute Peter after this trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to put Peter on trial and then execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν 1 Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night Here, the word translated **to bring him out** is slightly different from the word translated that same way in [12:4](../01/01.md). It means to put someone on trial, and the implications, based on the fact that Herod saw that it pleased the Jewish leaders when he executed James, are that Herod planned to execute Peter after this trial. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to put Peter on trial and then execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 6 g2bh figs-activepassive δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν 1 bound with two chains If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with two chains binding him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 7 i7g3 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 behold Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly this **angel** appeared. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “suddenly an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 12 9 wqct figs-quotations οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here and to add a sentence break. Alternate translation: “he did not realize, ‘What is being done by the angel is real!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) From a9b6248e231cd416f3089c529f63a2f37dc8babd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Fri, 14 Oct 2022 23:58:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 13532fd3d0..413e44ff48 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1796,8 +1796,8 @@ ACT 12 12 jds2 translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of ACT 12 12 dn16 translate-names Ἰωάννου…Μάρκου 1 The words **John** and **Mark** are two names of the same man. **Mark** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 of John, who was called Mark If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 12 c1ur figs-nominaladj ἱκανοὶ 1 Luke is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 12 13 pfn7 translate-unknown κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he knocked To “knock” at a door means to hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 12 13 c634 translate-unknown τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate Here, the word **gate** probably describes an entrance from the street to a courtyard in front of the house. If houses in your culture have a similar entrance, in your translation you could use the name in your language for it. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 12 13 pfn7 translate-unknown κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he knocked To “knock” at a door means to tap or hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 12 13 c634 translate-unknown τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate Here, the word **gate** probably describes an entrance from the street to a courtyard in front of the house. If houses in your culture have a similar entrance, in your translation you could use the name for it in your language. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 12 13 vbjj translate-names Ῥόδη 1 The word **Rhoda** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 12 14 y2ff figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 12 15 j2kx writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were inside the house praying. Alternate translation: “the people who were inside the house praying said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 18ba9ded0b4d5b8e17fda3382c943ad7329e44dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2022 00:13:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 413e44ff48..b96c07f11e 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ ACT 12 12 c1ur figs-nominaladj ἱκανοὶ 1 Luke is using the adjective **m ACT 12 13 pfn7 translate-unknown κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ 1 when he knocked To “knock” at a door means to tap or hit it a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house, such as “call out” or “cough” or “clap.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 12 13 c634 translate-unknown τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate Here, the word **gate** probably describes an entrance from the street to a courtyard in front of the house. If houses in your culture have a similar entrance, in your translation you could use the name for it in your language. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 12 13 vbjj translate-names Ῥόδη 1 The word **Rhoda** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 12 14 y2ff figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 12 14 y2ff figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 from joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because she was so joyful,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 12 15 j2kx writing-pronouns οἱ…εἶπαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people who were inside the house praying. Alternate translation: “the people who were inside the house praying said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 12 15 qa8m figs-explicit ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel Some Jews believed in guardian angels, and the people inside thehouse may have thought that Peter’s **angel** had come to them. Alternate translation: “What you saw was Peter’s guardian angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 16 wwg1 figs-synecdoche ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 While the word **they** refers to the people in the house as in the previous verse, it is likely that only some of them came to the door. Alternate translation: “so some of the people in the house came and opened the door, and they saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ ACT 12 20 mpgk figs-go ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐ ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-synecdoche ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 they went to him together It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon came to Herod. Instead, they sent representatives. Luke is using the names of their groups to refer to one part of those groups, these representatives. Alternate translation: “they sent representatives to him unanimously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 12 20 oln5 ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The word **unanimously** indicates that the Tyrians and Sidonians recognized that they had a common interest and that they agreed to act together to pursue that interest. See how you translated the same word in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “they agreed together to send representatives to him” ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus The word **Blastus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 12 20 qqj9 translate-unknown τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως 1 This phrase indicates that Blastus was an official whom the king trusted with important responsibilities for his personal affairs. In your translation, use the word or phrase for the most comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “the king’s chamberlain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 12 20 qqj9 translate-unknown τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως 1 This phrase indicates that **Blastus** was an official whom the king trusted with important responsibilities for his personal affairs. In your translation, use the word or phrase for the most comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “the king’s chamberlain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 12 20 l5r1 figs-abstractnouns ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they were asking the king to restore peaceful relations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 12 20 j253 figs-activepassive τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their food for their country was from the king’s country If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their country depended on the king’s country for its food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their food The implication is that Herod had stopped supplying food to the people of Tyre and Sidon because he was angry with them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their country depended on the king’s country for its food supply, and Herod had cut off that supply because he was angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From cf55c7f27423c852ed9cd532cea17c2cd1c2db3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2022 15:36:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index b96c07f11e..e80fee4767 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1840,7 +1840,7 @@ ACT 12 25 rt9o figs-explicit Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπ ACT 12 25 t7d8 translate-textvariants Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem Some ancient copies say that Barnabas and Saul returned “from” Jerusalem, which makes sense, since in the next verse, Barnabas and Saul are back in Antioch. If the reading **to** is correct, this verse may be indicating that they went somewhere else in Judea and then returned to Jerusalem before going back to Antioch. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 having completed their service This refers implicitly to the trip that Barnabas and Saul made to Jerusalem to deliver money from the believers in Antioch, which Luke describes in [11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: “having delivered to the church leaders in Jerusalem the money that the believers in Antioch had collected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 12 25 zhsc figs-activepassive Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μᾶρκον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated it in [12:12](../12/12.md). Alternate translation: “John, whom people called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1–4 describe how the Holy Spirit called Barnabas and Paul to go on a special mission to share the gospel of Jesus.
Verses 5–12 describe how they shared the gospel on the island of Cyprus.
Verses 13–52 describe how they shared the gospel in the city of Antioch in the province of Pamphylia.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotations from Psalms in 13:33–35.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.

The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and he describes how the believers told the message about Jesus to Gentiles. Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch sent Barnabas and Saul.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### A light for the Gentiles

The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if light were what enables sinful people to understand that what they are doing is wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles to be walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “the Lord”

In verses 2, 12, 48, and 49, Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Paul refers to Jesus the same way in verses 10 and 11. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “our” in Paul’s sermon in Antioch of Pisidia

In verses 17, 32, and 33, Paul uses the term **our** to refer to himself and the other Jews who are present in the synagogue; the term does not include the Gentiles who are also present. If your language marks the distinction between inclusive and exclusive “our,” use the form that would be natural in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1–4 describe how the Holy Spirit called Barnabas and Paul to go on a special mission to share the gospel of Jesus.\nVerses 5–12 describe how they shared the gospel on the island of Cyprus.\nVerses 13–52 describe how they shared the gospel in the city of Antioch in the province of Pamphylia.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotations from Psalms in 13:33–35.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.\n\nThe chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and he describes how the believers told the message about Jesus to Gentiles. Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch sent Barnabas and Saul.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### A light for the Gentiles\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if light were what enables sinful people to understand that what they are doing is wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles to be walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “the Lord”\n\nIn verses 2, 12, 48, and 49, Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord.” Paul refers to Jesus the same way in verses 10 and 11. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “our” in Paul’s sermon in Antioch of Pisidia\n\nIn verses 17, 32, and 33, Paul uses the term **our** to refer to himself and the other Jews who are present in the synagogue; the term does not include the Gentiles who are also present. If your language marks the distinction between inclusive and exclusive “our,” use the form that would be natural in such a situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 13 1 fij7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 13 1 srw6 translate-names Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ 1 Simeon … Niger … Lucius … Manaen The word **Simeon** is the name of a man. The word **Niger** is another name by which he was known. This is not a racial epithet; it is the Latin word for “black,” and it probably indicates that he was African. Alternate translation: “Simeon the African” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 1 nqp1 figs-activepassive Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simeon, whom people called Niger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 692e68608b50420bfcc03bcf360320ddedb0b86c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2022 15:52:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++--------------------- 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e80fee4767..34bbb6992c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

Luke makes transitional statements at 6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, and 19:20 to mark the movement from each major part of the book to the next part.

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book begin with the return of Jesus to heaven and they end about 30 years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Figurative usages in the book of Acts

“arise/arising”

Luke often says “arise” or “arising” to mean taking action to get an enterprise under way, rather than to mean getting up from a sitting or lying position. Notes will indicate where this figurative usage occurs.“brothers”

Luke often uses the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Although this term is masculine, Luke uses the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you decide to retain this figurative usage in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate that the word has this generic sense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.



### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST also put them in brackets. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you indicate in some way that these verses may not be original. You could put them in brackets, for example, or in footnotes. These verses are:
- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:
- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
- Acts 7:46, “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” Some versions read “for the God of Jacob.”
- Acts 10:19, “three men. Some versions read “two men” or “some men.”
- Acts 10:30, ““Four days ago, at this hour, I was praying at the ninth {hour} in my house.” Some versions read, “From the fourth day until this hour, I was fasting, and at the ninth hour I was praying in my house.”
- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The 12 disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. +ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Ascension\n\nThis chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])\n\n### Baptism\n\nLuke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])\n\n### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”\n\nSome scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful to avoid letting how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Long sentence\n\nAs was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.\n\n### The details of the death of Judas\n\nThere are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and that they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.\n\nIt is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.\n\nBut it would probably be best to avoid trying to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, instead of saying that he fell when he was trying to hang himself, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThere is one small difference between the list of the 12 disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.\n\nAll three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.\n\nOnce again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) instead of saying, “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus,” you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do. Then you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible. ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus **Theophilus** is the name of a man. It means “friend of God.” It may be his actual name, or it may describe what this man was like. Most translations treat it as his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ACT 1 26 r84c writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 the ACT 1 26 a074 translate-unknown ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 they cast lots for them The term **lots** describes objects with various markings on different sides that were used, most likely by dropping them on the ground, to select between possibilities. The belief was that God would control which way these objects fell and so guide the selection process. Alternate translation: “they threw marked objects on the ground, trusting that God would use these to guide them whether to choose Joseph or Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 1 26 w4ph figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The word **fell** means "selected." If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the lot selected Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη 1 he was chosen If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers chose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the material that is quoted in 2:31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pentecost

The events described in this chapter took place on the day of Pentecost. That was a festival that the Jews observed each year 50 days after Passover. It was a harvest festival that celebrated the first produce from the fields. That produce was known as “firstfruits.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers on this particular day of Pentecost. Those believers were the “firstfruits” of all those who would become part of the church down through the years.

### Tongues

Luke uses the Greek word “tongues” to mean two different things in this chapter. In 2:3, Luke describes what came down from heaven as “tongues as if of fire.” A “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire” (as in Isaiah 5:24, for example), so this means “something like flames of fire.” In 2:4, Luke uses the word “tongues” in the different sense of “languages” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them. For clarity, ULT translates the use in 2:3 as “tongues” and the use in 2:4 as “languages.”

### Last days

In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy from Joel that describes something that will happen in the “last days.” Some scholars understand the “last days” to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. Other scholars understand the “last days” to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this expression where it occurs in 2:17. It may be best not to say more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

### The prophecy of Joel

In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy of Joel about what would happen in the “last days.” Some of the things that prophecy describes did happen on the day of Pentecost, for example, the pouring out of the Spirit (2:17–18). Some other things did not happen, at least not literally, for example, the sun turning to darkness (2:20). Depending on how scholars understand the “last days,” they may say either that these other things await a literal future fulfillment or that they were fulfilled in some spiritual sense on the day of Pentecost. Once again it may be best not to say any more than ULT does and to allow preachers and teachers of the Bible to interpret and explain the meaning of Peter’s statement in 2:16, “this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Baptize

In this chapter, the word “baptize” refers to water baptism as an expression of faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of sins. That is how Luke uses the term in 2:38 and 2:41. Jesus did promise the disciples in 1:5 that they would be baptized in the Holy Spirit, and the events that Luke describes in 2:1-11 are the fulfillment of that promise. But Luke does not use the word “baptize” to describe those events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### Wonders and signs

These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus was who the disciples said he was. See the notes to this expression in 2:43.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You killed” (2:23)

The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and urged the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter tells the people in the crowd on the day of Pentecost that they were guilty of killing Jesus. See the note to this phrase in 2:23 for suggestions about how to make clear in your translation what Peter means when he says this.

### Long sentences

There is a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:9 to the end of 2:11. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:44 to the end of 2:47. Once again it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### Poetry

The quotations from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35 are poetry. For advice about how to represent this literary form in your translation, see: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]. +ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the material that is quoted in 2:31.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Pentecost\n\nThe events described in this chapter took place on the day of Pentecost. That was a festival that the Jews observed each year 50 days after Passover. It was a harvest festival that celebrated the first produce from the fields. That produce was known as “firstfruits.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers on this particular day of Pentecost. Those believers were the “firstfruits” of all those who would become part of the church down through the years.\n\n### Tongues\n\nLuke uses the Greek word “tongues” to mean two different things in this chapter. In 2:3, Luke describes what came down from heaven as “tongues as if of fire.” A “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire” (as in Isaiah 5:24, for example), so this means “something like flames of fire.” In 2:4, Luke uses the word “tongues” in the different sense of “languages” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them. For clarity, ULT translates the use in 2:3 as “tongues” and the use in 2:4 as “languages.”\n\n### Last days\n\nIn 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy from Joel that describes something that will happen in the “last days.” Some scholars understand the “last days” to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. Other scholars understand the “last days” to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this expression where it occurs in 2:17. It may be best not to say more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])\n\n### The prophecy of Joel\n\nIn 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy of Joel about what would happen in the “last days.” Some of the things that prophecy describes did happen on the day of Pentecost, for example, the pouring out of the Spirit (2:17–18). Some other things did not happen, at least not literally, for example, the sun turning to darkness (2:20). Depending on how scholars understand the “last days,” they may say either that these other things await a literal future fulfillment or that they were fulfilled in some spiritual sense on the day of Pentecost. Once again it may be best not to say any more than ULT does and to allow preachers and teachers of the Bible to interpret and explain the meaning of Peter’s statement in 2:16, “this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Baptize\n\nIn this chapter, the word “baptize” refers to water baptism as an expression of faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of sins. That is how Luke uses the term in 2:38 and 2:41. Jesus did promise the disciples in 1:5 that they would be baptized in the Holy Spirit, and the events that Luke describes in 2:1-11 are the fulfillment of that promise. But Luke does not use the word “baptize” to describe those events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])\n\n### Wonders and signs\n\nThese words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus was who the disciples said he was. See the notes to this expression in 2:43.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “You killed” (2:23)\n\nThe Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and urged the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter tells the people in the crowd on the day of Pentecost that they were guilty of killing Jesus. See the note to this phrase in 2:23 for suggestions about how to make clear in your translation what Peter means when he says this.\n\n### Long sentences\n\nThere is a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:9 to the end of 2:11. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.\n\nThere is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:44 to the end of 2:47. Once again it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.\n\n### Poetry\n\nThe quotations from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35 are poetry. For advice about how to represent this literary form in your translation, see: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]. ACT 2 1 i4sa writing-newevent καὶ ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 And when the day of Pentecost was completely filled Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 2 1 a076 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 when the day of Pentecost was completely filled This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “when the day of Pentecost had come” or, if your language does not speak of days “coming,” “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 2 1 a425 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 when the day of Pentecost was completely filled Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to use an active form of the verb “fill” in place of the passive form of that verb here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, but your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ ACT 2 46 a195 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελό ACT 2 47 z6ig figs-hyperbole αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν 1 praising God and having favor with the whole people Luke says **the whole people** as a generalization to emphasize how widely the people favored the believers. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They praised God and enjoyed wide favor with the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 2 47 kc42 figs-activepassive τοὺς σῳζομένους 1 those who were being saved If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 47 a196 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “to their Christian fellowship” -ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 3 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The covenant God made with Abraham

This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews in fulfillment of the covenant that God made with Abraham.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Servant”

Twice in this chapter Peter uses the word “Servant” as a title to mean “Messiah” (3:13, 3:26). He and other believers use the word in the same sense twice in chapter 4 as well (4:27, 4:30). The word takes on this meaning by allusion to the book of Isaiah, where Isaiah uses it to mean the person whom God has chosen for the special purpose of bringing salvation. In your translation, indicate in some way that “Servant” is a Messianic title. Jesus was not a servant of God in the more ordinary sense, in which the believers apply it to themselves in 4:29, for example. Jesus was fully the Son of God, sent to earth on a special mission. If you would not be able to make this clear by using the word “Servant,” you may wish to use the word “Messiah” instead.

### “You killed” (3:15)

For the same reasons as when he was speaking on the day of Pentecost (2:23), Peter tells people in this chapter that they were guilty of killing Jesus. But he also tells them that they are the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent (3:26). For further information and suggestions for how to make clear in your translation what Peter means, see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 2 and the notes to this phrase in 2:23 and 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) +ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 3 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The covenant God made with Abraham\n\nThis chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews in fulfillment of the covenant that God made with Abraham.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Servant”\n\nTwice in this chapter Peter uses the word “Servant” as a title to mean “Messiah” (3:13, 3:26). He and other believers use the word in the same sense twice in Chapter 4 as well (4:27, 4:30). The word takes on this meaning by allusion to the book of Isaiah, where Isaiah uses it to mean the person whom God has chosen for the special purpose of bringing salvation. In your translation, indicate in some way that “Servant” is a Messianic title. Jesus was not a servant of God in the more ordinary sense, in which the believers apply it to themselves in 4:29, for example. Jesus was fully the Son of God, sent to earth on a special mission. If you would not be able to make this clear by using the word “Servant,” you may wish to use the word “Messiah” instead.\n\n### “You killed” (3:15)\n\nFor the same reasons as when he was speaking on the day of Pentecost (2:23), Peter tells people in this chapter that they were guilty of killing Jesus. But he also tells them that they are the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent (3:26). For further information and suggestions for how to make clear in your translation what Peter means, see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 2 and the notes to this phrase in 2:23 and 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) ACT 3 1 b5rm grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. You can translate it with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) ACT 3 1 br7i figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 to the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 3 1 a198 τὴν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this time in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon” @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ ACT 3 26 b7tz figs-idiom ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his Servant See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter, and see how you translated that term in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “his Messiah” ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 by turning each of you from your wickedness Here, **turning** someone **from** something means leading that person to stop doing that thing. See how you translated the similar expression in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to repent of your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 3 26 a248 figs-abstractnouns τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 by turning each of you from your wickedness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **wickedness**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “wicked.” Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to stop doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25–26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unity

The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.

### “Signs and wonders”

This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he could do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The “head of the corner” or cornerstone (4:11)

The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building out of stone. Peter refers to it as the “head of the corner” in 4:11. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything else depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything in the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “no other name” (4:12)

“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” (Acts 4:12). As a note to this verse explains, in this expression the term “name” represents a person. So with these words, Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or who will ever be on earth can save people. This statement might cause some controversy in some places today, but it is an essential part of the Christian message, and it should be translated so that its meaning is clear. +ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set lines of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25–26.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Unity\n\nThe first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.\n\n### “Signs and wonders”\n\nThis phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he could do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The “head of the corner” or cornerstone (4:11)\n\nThe cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building out of stone. Peter refers to it as the “head of the corner” in 4:11. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything else depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything in the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “no other name” (4:12)\n\n“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” (Acts 4:12). As a note to this verse explains, in this expression the term “name” represents a person. So with these words, Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or who will ever be on earth can save people. This statement might cause some controversy in some places today, but it is an essential part of the Christian message, and it should be translated so that its meaning is clear. ACT 4 1 abc4 writing-pronouns λαλούντων…αὐτῶν 1 as they were speaking The pronoun **they** refers to Peter and John. Alternate translation: “as Peter and John were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 4 1 ew3l figs-explicit ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 the captain of the temple The temple had its own guards, and this man was their commanding officer. Alternate translation: “the commander of the temple guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 4 1 a253 translate-names οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι 1 the Sadducees **Sadducees** is the name of a group of Jewish priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ ACT 4 27 a301 translate-names Ἡρῴδης 1 Herod **Herod** is the name of a ACT 4 27 a302 translate-names Πόντιος Πειλᾶτος 1 Pontius Pilate This is the full name of the man who was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. See how you translated the name **Pilate** in [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 4 27 b1g9 figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 were gathered together If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 4 27 nuc1 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city The phrase **this city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 27 ca33 παῖδά 1 Servant Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah” +ACT 4 27 ca33 παῖδά 1 Servant Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to Chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah” ACT 4 27 a303 figs-metaphor ὃν ἔχρισας 1 whom you anointed In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person who was being given the authority to assume an office or to do a special task. The believers are speaking of anointing to indicate that God appointed Jesus to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “whom you appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι 1 all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen Here, **hand** means God’s power and **counsel** means God’s plan. Alternate translation: “all that your power and your plan had predetermined to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 4 28 a304 figs-hendiadys ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι 1 all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen The words **hand** and **counsel**, joined by **and**, are expressing a single idea. The word **hand**, meaning “power,” tells by what means God intended to carry out his **counsel**, that is, his plan. Alternate translation: “all that you planned in advance to make happen by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ ACT 4 29 a307 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης 1 with ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα, γίνεσθαι 1 as you stretch out your hand to heal and for signs and wonders to happen Here the **hand** represents God’s power. To **stretch out** the hand means to use it. So this is a prayer for God to do powerful things. Alternate translation: “as you do powerful things to heal people and to make signs and wonders happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 4 30 a308 figs-doublet σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:43](../02/43.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 through the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of your holy Servant Jesus Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md), [3:26](../03/26.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md). Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus, your holy Messiah” +ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of your holy Servant Jesus Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to Chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md), [3:26](../03/26.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md). Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus, your holy Messiah” ACT 4 31 a309 writing-endofstory καὶ 1 And This verse is the end of the whole story of how the lame man was healed and how Peter and John were arrested as a result. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 4 31 a310 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι 1 in which they were gathered together If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “where they had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη 1 was shaken If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ ACT 4 36 a328 translate-names Λευείτης 1 a Levite The name **Levite** de ACT 4 36 a329 translate-names Κύπριος 1 Cyprus **Cyprus** is the name of an island. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 4 37 a330 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ 1 that was to him See how you translated the similar expression in [4:32](../04/32.md). Alternate translation: “that he owned” ACT 4 37 gtv5 translate-symaction ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the feet of the apostles See how you translated the similar expression in [4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 5 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit?” (5:3)

No one knows for sure whether Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan. When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentences

Acts 5:36 consists of a single long sentence. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 5:38 to nearly the end of 5:39. In this case as well it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does. +ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 5 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit?” (5:3)\n\nNo one knows for sure whether Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan. When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Long sentences\n\nActs 5:36 consists of a single long sentence. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.\n\nThere is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 5:38 to nearly the end of 5:39. In this case as well it may be helpful to your readers to divide it into several sentences, as UST does. ACT 5 1 v27a writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 5 1 ysl9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias **Ananias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 5 1 a332 writing-participants σὺν Σαπφείρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 with Sapphira his wife Luke uses this phrase to introduce another new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name ACT 5 42 jj94 writing-endofstory τε 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after this story as a result of the events within the story itself. Your language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 5 42 x424 figs-litotes οὐκ ἐπαύοντο, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι 1 they did not cease teaching and proclaiming the gospel Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “they continued to teach and to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Acts [6:7](../06/07.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the end of the first major part of the book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The distribution to the widows

The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them spoke Hebrew and had lived mostly in Judea, while others spoke Greek and may have lived in Gentile areas. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not equally to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “His face was like the face of an angel”

No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. A note to this phrase offers one suggestion, which you may choose to follow. However, you might also decide to say only what the ULT says about this. +ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nActs [6:7](../06/07.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the end of the first major part of the book.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The distribution to the widows\n\nThe believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them spoke Hebrew and had lived mostly in Judea, while others spoke Greek and may have lived in Gentile areas. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not equally to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His face was like the face of an angel”\n\nNo one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. A note to this phrase offers one suggestion, which you may choose to follow. However, you might also decide to say only what the ULT says about this. ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in those days Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 6 1 cg5t figs-idiom ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that same time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 6 1 e7vb translate-names τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 of the Hellenists **Hellenists** was the name for Jews in the Roman Empire who spoke the Greek language and followed Greek customs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ ACT 6 14 c5l9 translate-names ὁ Ναζωραῖος 1 the Nazarene The word ** ACT 6 14 uok4 figs-explicit τὸν τόπον τοῦτον 1 this place By **this place**, the false witnesses mean the temple, which they described as “the holy place” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 6 14 vak4 figs-metonymy τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωϋσῆς 1 the customs that Moses handed down to us The phrase **handed down** is an idiom that refers to something that is passed from generation to generation. The false witnesses are describing how the ancestors of the Jews have passed on the teachings originally received from Moses to each successive generation. Alternate translation: “the customs that our ancestors learned from Moses and have taught each successive generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 6 15 k8rw figs-simile εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ, ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου 1 saw his face as the face of an angel Luke offers this comparison but he does not say specifically in what way Stephen’s face was like **the face of an angel**. However, this may mean that his face was shining brightly, since descriptions of angels in the Bible often say they were shining brightly. So you might choose to say that in your translation. Alternate translation: “saw that his face was shining brightly, like the face of an angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.
- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him
- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses
- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law
- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave
- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built
- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build
- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members
- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.

A note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.

It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Stephen said”

Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.

### “Full of the Holy Spirit”

The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.

### Foreshadowing

When an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Implied information

Stephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Metonymy

Stephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Important textual issues in this chapter

### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)

In [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Background knowledge

The Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.

### Reference of “our” and “you”

Throughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word “our” to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says “you,” and “you” is plural. +ACT 7 intro p9h4 0 # Acts 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter presents Stephen’s defense against the charges that false witnesses had made against him, as Luke describes in [6:13–14](../06/13.md). Those witnesses had said, “This man does not stop speaking words against the holy place and the law. For we have heard him say that this Jesus the Nazarene will destroy this place and change the customs that Moses handed down to us.” In response, Stephen shows that he respects the law, but he then shows how the Israelites have not kept the law. He next shows that he respects the temple, but he then explains that God does not live in temples made by people. Luke presents Stephen’s speech within the narrative setting of his trial by the Sanhedrin.\n- (v. 1) The high priest asks Stephen to answer the charges against him\n- (vv. 2–19) Stephen tells the story of the Israelites up to the time of Moses\n- (vv. 20–37) Stephen explains how Moses gave the law\n- (vv. 38–43) Stephen shows that the Israelites did not keep the law that Moses gave\n- (vv. 44–47) Stephen tells how the tabernacle and temple were built\n- (vv. 48–50) Stephen explains that God does not live in temples that people build\n- (vv. 51–54) Stephen makes his own charges against the Sanhedrin members\n- (vv. 55–60) The Sanhedrin members, enraged, execute Stephen by stoning\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42–43 and 49–50.\n\nA note to 7:36–38 suggests making each of these verses a separate paragraph or using formatting in some other way to highlight the repeated phrases that Stephen uses to describe Moses.\n\nIt appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Stephen said”\n\nStephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them.\n\n### “Full of the Holy Spirit”\n\nThe Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say.\n\n### Foreshadowing\n\nWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul in [7:58](../07/58.md), even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Saul, also known as Paul, is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Implied information\n\nStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” ([Acts 7:9](../act/07/09.md)), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Important Textual issues in this Chapter\n\n### “a dwelling for the house of Jacob” (7:46)\n\nIn [7:46](../07/46.md), some ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the house of Jacob.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “a dwelling for the God of Jacob.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Background knowledge\n\nThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was describing. They knew what Moses had written in the book of Genesis. If the book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to follow what Stephen said. It may be helpful to provide some background information, either in the text or in notes.\n\n### Reference of “our” and “you”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Stephen uses the word “our” to refer to himself and to his listeners. When he means only them, he says “you,” and “you” is plural. ACT 7 1 hy9r figs-explicit ὁ ἀρχιερεύς 1 Connecting Statement: Luke assumes that his readers will know that **the high priest** was there and that he asked Stephen to testify because he was a member of the Sanhedrin and its leader. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the high priest, who was the leader of the Sanhedrin,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 7 2 abc7 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἔφη 1 Then he said The pronoun **he** refers to Stephen, not the high priest. Alternate translation: “Then Stephen said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 7 2 zbq0 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες 1 The phrase **Men, brothers and fathers** is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You brothers and fathers of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1201,8 +1201,8 @@ ACT 7 60 hi24 figs-idiom ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an i ACT 7 60 dfjs figs-imperative μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please do not hold this sin against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 7 60 tvf8 figs-doublenegatives μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν 1 do not hold this sin against them If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **hold … against**. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 7 60 r9vi figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep Luke is describing the death of Stephen when he says **he fell asleep**. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he passed away” or, as in UST, “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The story here shifts from Stephen to Saul.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.

The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “And on that day.”

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Receiving the Holy Spirit

In this chapter Luke speaks for the first time of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.

### Proclaimed

This chapter, more than any other in the book of Acts, speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something. -ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ 1 there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem, and they all were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand why Saul was persecuting the church, as he relates in [8:3](../08/03.md) and in chapter 9. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Saul approved of the Sanhedrin executing Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +ACT 8 intro q9d9 0 # Acts 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe story here shifts from Stephen to Saul.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33.\n\nThe first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in Chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “And on that day.”\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Receiving the Holy Spirit\n\nIn this chapter Luke speaks for the first time of people receiving the Holy Spirit ([Acts 8:15-19](../08/15.md)). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers.\n\n### Proclaimed\n\nThis chapter, more than any other in the book of Acts, speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something. +ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ 1 there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem, and they all were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles Luke is providing this background information to help readers understand why Saul was persecuting the church, as he relates in [8:3](../08/03.md) and in Chapter 9. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Saul approved of the Sanhedrin executing Stephen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) ACT 8 1 i1tc writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story, the scattering of the church and its witness beyond Jerusalem. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And so began that day a great persecution against the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 8 1 vc8x figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day Here, **day** is not a figurative word for “time.” Luke is referring to a specific day, the day on which Stephen was killed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day Stephen was killed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 8 1 xp25 figs-activepassive πάντες…διεσπάρησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they all fled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1355,7 +1355,7 @@ ACT 8 40 bbws figs-activepassive Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζ ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 passed through Alternate translation: “as he passed through that area, he was” ACT 8 40 zfn6 figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “to the cities in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 8 40 yf7i translate-names Ἄζωτον… Καισάρειαν 1 **Azotus** and **Caesarea** are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.

In [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.

Acts [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”

The “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.

### “The Way”

No one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.

### “the church”

Acts 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “the Lord”

Luke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord,” in verses 1, 10, 11, 15, 27, 28, 31, 35, and 42, and Ananias refers to Jesus the same way in verse 17. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### What Saul saw when he met Jesus

It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. +ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nIn [9:1](../09/01.md), the story shifts back to Saul and tells about his salvation.\n\nIn [9:32](../09/32.md), the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter.\n\nActs [9:31](../09/31.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the third major part of the book.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”\n\nThe “letters” Paul asked for in 9:2 were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.\n\n### “The Way”\n\nNo one knows for sure who first started calling the community of Jesus’ followers “the Way.” This may be what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. However, in the book of Acts the term is only used by outsiders, as in 9:2, or by believers speaking to outsiders. So it could also be a term by which the community of Jesus’ followers was known outside that community.\n\n### “the church”\n\nActs 9:31 is the first use of the word **church** in the singular to refer to more than one local congregation. In that verse it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. It shows that they recognized that they all had a common identity as followers of Jesus.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “the Lord”\n\nLuke refers to Jesus by a respectful title, “the Lord,” in verses 1, 10, 11, 15, 27, 28, 31, 35, and 42, and Ananias refers to Jesus the same way in verse 17. In your translation, you may wish to clarify that this means “the Lord Jesus.” Or you could say “Jesus,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### What Saul saw when he met Jesus\n\nIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. ACT 9 1 r4n5 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: Luke uses the word translated **But** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-hendiadys ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς 1 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples Luke is using the two words **threat** and **murder** together to express a single idea. The word **murder** tells what kind of **threat** Saul was making. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “making murderous threats against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 9 1 lrre figs-metonymy ἐμπνέων 1 Luke is using the term **breathing** by association to mean “speaking,” since people breathe out while they speak. Alternate translation: “speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ ACT 9 41 ex8e figs-metonymy τοὺς ἁγίους 1 Luke is using the term ** ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης 1 And this became known throughout all Joppa If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Now it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 43 qar2 translate-unknown βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner A **tanner** is someone who makes leather from animal skins. If this is not an occupation that your readers would recognize or understand, you could use the name of a similar occupation in your culture that they would recognize. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

- In verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.
- In verse 24, the story brings Peter and Cornelius together.

- The long sentence in verses 36-38 can be broken up into several sentences, as in the UST.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jews visiting with Gentiles

The Jews believed that they would become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against this, wanting to keep Jews from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that Jewish people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Baptism and the Holy Spirit

Those who were listening to Peter received the Holy Spirit even as he was speaking to them. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could believe the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. +ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1-2 give background information about Cornelius. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence at the start of v. 2. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n- In verse 9, the story shifts away from Cornelius and tells how God prepared Peter to preach the gospel to the Gentiles.\n- In verse 24, the story brings Peter and Cornelius together.\n\n- The long sentence in verses 36-38 can be broken up into several sentences, as in the UST.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Jews visiting with Gentiles\n\nThe Jews believed that they would become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against this, wanting to keep Jews from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that Jewish people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Baptism and the Holy Spirit\n\nThose who were listening to Peter received the Holy Spirit even as he was speaking to them. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could believe the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. ACT 10 1 wtb9 writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now there was a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 10 1 h6zu translate-names Κορνήλιος 1 **Cornelius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 10 1 x476 translate-unknown ἑκατοντάρχης 1 named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ A **centurion** was an officer in the Roman army who was in charge of a group of 100 soldiers. Such a group was called a “century.” Alternate translation: “an army officer in charge of 100 soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word translated **Now** ACT 11 1 f1md figs-metaphor οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ 2 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation, as in UST: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Peter, by using words, shared with Cornelius and his guests. Alternate translation: “had heard the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 came up to Jerusalem Luke says that Peter **came up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “returned to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision As in [10:45](../10/45.md), Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify as Jewish these believers who disputed with Peter. They were likely to have been strictly observant Jews who followed the teaching of the Pharisees about Jews visiting with Gentiles. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter 10. Alternate translation: “some believers who were strictly observant Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 those from the circumcision As in [10:45](../10/45.md), Luke is using the term **circumcision** by association to identify as Jewish these believers who disputed with Peter. They were likely to have been strictly observant Jews who followed the teaching of the Pharisees about Jews visiting with Gentiles. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 10. Alternate translation: “some believers who were strictly observant Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 3 pcce figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας, καὶ συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You went in to men having foreskins and ate with them!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 11 3 zmou figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς 1 This expression implicitly means that Peter went in to the home of these **men**. Alternate translation: “he went into the home of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase **men having foreskins** refers to men who are not Jewish. It is a crude and dismissive expression, and it shows that these Jewish believers still regarded Gentiles with disdain. Alternate translation: “uncircumcised men” or “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-exclusive ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 General ACT 11 15 th4m figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning By **in the beginning**, Peter means the day of Pentecost. Alternate translation: “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 11 16 xd9t figs-metonymy τοῦ ῥήματος 1 Peter is using the term **word** to mean what Jesus said by using words. Alternate translation: “the statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 11 16 ett3 writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) -ACT 11 16 wwnl figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 After first describing how John baptized people literally, Jesus uses baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to chapter 1, and see how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 11 16 wwnl figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 After first describing how John baptized people literally, Jesus uses baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to Chapter 1, and see how you translated this in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit You may wish to retain the metaphor of baptism in your translation. If you do, if it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** refers to Peter himself and to the believers to whom he is speaking in Jerusalem, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 11 17 y7ag figs-explicit τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν 1 the same gift Peter is referring to the **gift** of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the gift of the Holy Spirit, just as he did to us when we believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1847,11 +1847,11 @@ ACT 13 1 nqp1 figs-activepassive Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγε ACT 13 1 ccel translate-names Μαναήν 1 The word **Manaen** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 1 o8jb translate-names Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος 1 The word **Lucius** is the name of a man. The word **Cyrenian** is the name for someone who comes from the city of Cyrene. See how you translated it in [11:20](../11/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 1 u48c translate-unknown σύντροφος 1 one brought up with Herod the tetrarch In this culture, rulers would sometimes bring the children of other parents into their homes to be raised and educated with their own children. This gave their children playmates and friends, and it was also a way of honoring or thanking the parents of the other children. A boy who was raised with the son of a ruler would be considered the **foster brother** of that son. There may be a similar role in your culture, and your language may have a term for it that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term “foster brother,” as UST does. Alternate translation: “the childhood playmate” or “the boyhood friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -ACT 13 1 hxh6 translate-unknown Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου 1 In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. **Herod the tetrarch** ruled over Galilee, one of four areas that the kingdom of his father, Herod the Great, was divided into after his death. (The Herod described in chapter 12 was a different man, the grandson of Herod the Great and the nephew of Herod the tetrarch.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term instead of “tetrarch.” Alternate translation: “the ruler Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 13 1 hxh6 translate-unknown Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου 1 In the Roman Empire, a **tetrarch** was the governor of one of four divisions of a country or province. **Herod the tetrarch** ruled over Galilee, one of four areas that the kingdom of his father, Herod the Great, was divided into after his death. (The Herod described in Chapter 12 was a different man, the grandson of Herod the Great and the nephew of Herod the tetrarch.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a general term instead of “tetrarch.” Alternate translation: “the ruler Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 13 2 m70r figs-idiom λειτουργούντων…αὐτῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 The expression **ministering to** means that the believers in Antioch were worshiping God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while they were worshiping the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 2 kox1 writing-politeness τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, Peter is referring to Jesus here by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 13 2 ifb9 ἀφορίσατε 1 Set apart Alternate translation: “Set apart” -ACT 13 2 j6ym figs-extrainfo εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 1 The Holy Spirit is referring implicitly to the **work** of proclaiming the gospel of Jesus in new areas, Cyprus and Asia Minor. Since Luke describes Barnabas and Paul doing this work in the rest of this chapter and in chapter 14, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +ACT 13 2 j6ym figs-extrainfo εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 1 The Holy Spirit is referring implicitly to the **work** of proclaiming the gospel of Jesus in new areas, Cyprus and Asia Minor. Since Luke describes Barnabas and Paul doing this work in the rest of this chapter and in Chapter 14, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) ACT 13 3 l0cj writing-pronouns νηστεύσαντες, καὶ προσευξάμενοι, καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, ἀπέλυσαν 1 The pronouns **their** and **they** refer to the believers in Antioch, and the pronoun **them** refers to Barnabas and Saul. The phrase **having fasted and prayed** refers to all of them. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “after they had all fasted and prayed together, the believers in Antioch laid their hands on Barnabas and Saul, and then the believers released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 3 ku45 translate-symaction ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς 1 laid their hands on them The believers in Antioch **laid their hands** on Barnabas and Saul as a symbolic action to show that they were sending them on their mission with the blessing and support of the whole church and that they were entrusting them to God’s care. Alternate translation: “placed their hands on them as a sign of blessing and support and as a way of entrusting them to God’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 13 3 p1us figs-explicit ἀπέλυσαν 1 they sent them off While in this context the term **released** basically means “sent off,” the implication is that the believers in Antioch were freeing Barnabas and Saul of all of their responsibilities in the church so that they could go on the mission on which the Holy Spirit was sending them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gave them the freedom to go on their new mission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ ACT 13 51 xi1z translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονι ACT 13 51 fvop translate-names Ἰκόνιον 1 The word **Iconium** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 52 dp5k figs-explicit οἵ…μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples Here, **the disciples** implicitly means the new believers that Paul and Barnabas were leaving behind in Antioch of Pisidia. Alternate translation: “the new believers in Antioch of Pisidia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 52 hhgj figs-metaphor ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Luke is speaking of these disciples as if they were a container that **joy** and **the Holy Spirit** had **filled**. Alternate translation: “experienced great joy and a strong sense of the Holy Spirit’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1–4 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Iconium.- Verses 5–19 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Lystra.- Verses 20–28 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel and strengthened the believers in several cities on their way back to Antioch.## Special concepts in this chapter

### “the word of his grace”

The expression “the word of his grace” refers to the message that God will graciously forgive and accept those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])

### Zeus and Hermes

In this chapter, Barnabas and Paul are mistaken for the pagan gods Zeus and Hermes. The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods that did not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God,” that is, the one and only true God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”

Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul and Barnabas were saying the same thing using different words as they encourage the new believers in the cities that they had visited. +ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- Verses 1–4 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Iconium.- Verses 5–19 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Lystra.- Verses 20–28 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel and strengthened the believers in several cities on their way back to Antioch.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this chapter\n\n### “the word of his grace”\n\nThe expression “the word of his grace” refers to the message that God will graciously forgive and accept those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### Zeus and Hermes\n\nIn this chapter, Barnabas and Paul are mistaken for the pagan gods Zeus and Hermes. The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods that did not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God,” that is, the one and only true God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”\n\nJesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul and Barnabas were saying the same thing using different words as they encourage the new believers in the cities that they had visited. ACT 14 1 hk1z writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Iconium Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι 1 spoke in such a way It may be helpful to say explicitly that they spoke about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient Alternate translation: “those Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus” @@ -2142,7 +2142,7 @@ ACT 14 27 vymy figs-possession ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύρ ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles Here the expression **opened a door** means that God created an opportunity, as if a door that gave access to this opportunity had previously been closed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles an opportunity for faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 27 xgvb figs-abstractnouns ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles the opportunity to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could take the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

- Verses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.
- Verses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.

Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?

Some believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”
+ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.\n- Verses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.\n\nEven if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) \n\n## Special Concepts in this chapter\n\n### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?\n\nSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”\n ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 1 p3k9 figs-idiom κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 coming down from Judea Luke speaks of these Jews ** coming down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “who had traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-metaphor ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ ACT 19 8 v8et figs-abstractnouns περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θ ACT 19 8 v5d5 figs-explicit περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Luke assumes that his readers will understand that Paul was teaching that the **kingdom of God** had begun on earth when Jesus came as the Messiah. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “about how, when Jesus came as the Messiah, God had begun to rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-hendiadys ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some were hardened and being disobedient This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **being hardened** tells how **some** in the Ephesus synagogue were **disobeying** what God wanted them to do, according to Paul’s teaching. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “stubbornly disobeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 19 9 yss2 figs-activepassive ἐσκληρύνοντο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “were hardening themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 19 9 n6ir translate-names τὴν ὁδὸν 1 speaking evil of the Way before the crowd As the General Notes to chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 9 n6ir translate-names τὴν ὁδὸν 1 speaking evil of the Way before the crowd As the General Notes to Chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “who belonged to the Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 9 den4 translate-names Τυράννου 1 of Tyrannus The word **Tyrannus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι 1 all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord Luke says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “people living throughout the province of Asia heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 19 10 t0ak figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul was proclaiming by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ ACT 19 21 q18b figs-idiom ὡς…ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, ἔθετο ὁ ACT 19 21 rdz4 figs-idiom δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 it is necessary for me also to see Rome In this context, the word **see** means to visit a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I must also visit Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus The word **Erastus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 23 nb3p figs-litotes τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great disturbance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 19 23 rwf2 translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way As the General Notes to chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [19:9](../19/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 19 23 rwf2 translate-names τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way As the General Notes to Chapter 9 explain, **the Way** was one of the first names that people used to describe the community of believers in Jesus. If your language has a word for “way” or “path” that you can use as a name, it would be appropriate to use it here. See what you did in [19:9](../19/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants τις…ἀργυροκόπος…παρείχετο 1 a certain silversmith named Demetrius Luke is using the phrase **a certain silversmith** to introduce **Demetrius** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “there was a silversmith … who was bringing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 19 24 opb9 translate-names Δημήτριος 1 The word **Demetrius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 24 y5ae writing-background τις…ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος 1 Luke provides this background information about **Demetrius** to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) From 47cac806e5216d8534a73960048c161e08b10164 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Sat, 15 Oct 2022 15:56:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 34bbb6992c..f5b883b5f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1858,7 +1858,7 @@ ACT 13 3 p1us figs-explicit ἀπέλυσαν 1 they sent them off While in this ACT 13 4 abcj writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ…ἐκπεμφθέντες 1 they, having been sent out The pronoun **they** refers to Barnabas and Saul. Alternate translation: “Barnabas and Saul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 4 pisj figs-activepassive ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the Holy Spirit had sent them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 4 iyh8 figs-idiom κατῆλθον 1 went down Luke says that Barnabas and Saul **went down** to Caesarea because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 4 d1q5 Σελεύκιαν 1 Seleucia The word **Seleucia** is the name of a city that is on the seacoast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 4 d1q5 translate-names Σελεύκιαν 1 Seleucia The word **Seleucia** is the name of a city that is on the seacoast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 5 at85 translate-names Σαλαμῖνι 1 Salamis The word **Salamis** is the name of a city on the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 5 ct8b figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they were proclaiming the word of God Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that the Holy Spirit wanted Barnabas and Saul to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 6 cl2z translate-names Πάφου 1 Paphos The word **Paphos** is the name of a major city on the island of Cyprus. It was where the Roman proconsul lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From c7bc305fe7ffc72f08ea9966de16d23b41d50d40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:01:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f5b883b5f3..4c84f51373 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1871,11 +1871,11 @@ ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 an intelligent man ACT 13 7 abck οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned Alternate translation: “The proconsul summoned” ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-transliterate Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas “the magician” The word **Elymas** is an Arabic word that Bar-Jesus was using as another name. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds, and then he says what it means, **the Magician**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) ACT 13 8 qw4j figs-activepassive οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for that is how his name is translated If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for that is the meaning of his name in Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here, **to turn … away from** is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 9 ey6d translate-names Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul The word **Paul** is the name of a man. It is another name by which Saul called himself. **Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. (From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts.) Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here, **to turn** someone **away from** something is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 9 ey6d translate-names Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul The word **Paul** is the name of a man. It is another name by which Saul called himself. **Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. (From this point on, Saul is called Paul in the book of Acts.) Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 9 fy7t figs-metaphor πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Luke is speaking of Paul as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 9 w3lh figs-activepassive πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the Holy Spirit was inspiring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 10 un00 figs-nominaladj ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 Paul is using the adjective **full** as a noun, to identify Elymas as a person who is full of the negative qualities he describes. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “O you who are full of all deceit and all trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 13 10 un00 figs-nominaladj ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 Paul is using the adjective **full** as a noun to identify Elymas as a person who is full of the negative qualities he describes. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “O you who are full of all deceit and all trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 13 10 u8n3 figs-abstractnouns ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **deceit** and **trickery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “O you who are always deceiving and tricking other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 10 r8x2 figs-metaphor ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 O one full of all deceit and all wickedness Paul is speaking of Elymas as if he were a container that was **full** of negative qualities. Alternate translation: “O you who practice all deceit and all trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 10 wq5i figs-doublet παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 The terms **deceit** and **wickedness** mean similar things. Paul may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of all evil treachery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 8730b802a925d0b32f0e5331065e7331f3f520ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:18:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 4c84f51373..705075713f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1881,13 +1881,13 @@ ACT 13 10 r8x2 figs-metaphor ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ ACT 13 10 wq5i figs-doublet παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 The terms **deceit** and **wickedness** mean similar things. Paul may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of all evil treachery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 13 10 kdwj figs-hyperbole παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 Paul says **all** in these two instances as a generalization for emphasis. (But when he calls Elymas the **enemy of all righteousness**, that may be understood more literally.) Alternate translation: “of great deceit and great trickery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-idiom υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 son of the devil The expression **son of** describes a person who shares the qualities of something or someone else. Paul is saying that Elymas is acting like the devil in trying to keep Sergius Paulus from believing in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you who are acting like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 10 jgq8 figs-explicit υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 Paul is drawing an implicit contrast between Elymas’s claim to be the “son of Jesus” (Bar Jesus) and his actual character as a **son of the devil**. If you retain the “son of” idiom in your translation, you could bring out this contrast explicitly. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You are not the son of Jesus, you are the son of the devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 10 jgq8 figs-explicit υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 Paul is drawing an implicit contrast between Elymas’ claim to be the “son of Jesus” (Bar Jesus) and his actual character as a **son of the devil**. If you retain the “son of” idiom in your translation, you could bring out this contrast explicitly. If you do, it may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You are not the son of Jesus, you are the son of the devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 10 hlq9 figs-personification ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 Paul is speaking of **righteousness** as if it were a person who could have an **enemy**. If your language would not use this figure of speech, you could express the meaning in another way. Alternate translation: “opposed to all righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 13 10 wa8t figs-abstractnouns ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “enemy of everything that is right” or “opposed to everything that is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας? 1 will you not stop perverting the straight paths of the Lord? Paul is using the question form to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must stop turning aside the straight paths of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-metaphor διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Paul is speaking of Elymas as if he were physically redirecting **paths** that God wanted people to follow so that these paths no longer went **straight**. He means that if people believe in God and obey him, they live in the right way, and that Elymas is trying to keep people, especially Sergius Paulus, from doing that. Alternate translation: “preventing people from believing in God, obeying him, and living right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 11 q0w8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus Elymas’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord upon you Here, the word **hand** represents the power of God, and the phrase **upon you** indicates punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord is going to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 11 q0w8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul is using the term **behold** to focus Elymas’ attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 11 xul9 figs-metonymy χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ 1 the hand of the Lord upon you Here the word **hand** represents the power of God, and the phrase **upon you** indicates punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord is going to punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 11 w3gh figs-hendiadys τυφλὸς, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον 1 not seeing the sun Paul is using a word and a phrase together to express a single idea. The phrase **not seeing the sun** tells to what degree Elymas will be **blind**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “so blind that you will not be able to tell whether it is day or night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 13 11 t7j1 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 a mist and darkness fell on Elymas Paul is speaking of this **mist** and **darkness** as if they were going to **fall** on Elymas. Alternate translation: “what Elymas could see became blurry and then dark” or see the next note for another possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 11 x7rt figs-hendiadys ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος 1 Luke may be using the two words **mist** and **darkness** together to express a single idea. The word **mist** may tell what kind of **darkness** was all that Elymas could see. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “a misty darkness was all that Elymas could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) @@ -1896,13 +1896,13 @@ ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ δ ACT 13 12 ob5x figs-metonymy τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is using the word **teaching** to mean the truth and power associated with the teaching about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the truth and power that accompanied the teaching of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 12 efle figs-possession τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 In this possessive form, **the Lord** is the object rather than the subject of **teaching**. That is, this does not mean “what the Lord taught,” it means “what Barnabas and Paul taught about the Lord.” You could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 13 13 r9hi writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now Luke is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον 1 The phrase **those around Paul** refers to Barnabas and John (who is also called John Mark). This phrase provides some background to rest of the story by indicating that Paul had become the leader of the group. It is important to communicate this by keeping Paul’s name first when he is mentioned with others, for example, in [13:46](../13/46.md), [13:50](../13/50.md), etc. The order of names is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον 1 The phrase **those around Paul** refers to Barnabas and John (who is also called John Mark). This phrase provides some background to the rest of the story by indicating that Paul had become the leader of the group. It is important to communicate this by keeping Paul’s name first when he is mentioned with others, for example, in [13:46](../13/46.md), [13:50](../13/50.md), etc. The order of names is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 13 13 abcl οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον 1 those around Paul Alternate translation: “Paul and his traveling companions” ACT 13 13 mmj6 translate-names Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 The word **Perga** is the name of a city, and the word **Pamphylia** is the name of the province in which that city was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 14 et2e writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 14 vrp1 translate-names Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia The word **Antioch** is the name of a city. See how you translated the same name for a different city in [6:5](../06/05.md). The word **Perga** is the name of the province in which this city of Antioch was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 14 c21u translate-symaction ἐκάθισαν 1 Paul and Barnabas may have **sat down** in the place where rabbis would sit, or in the way that rabbis would sit, as a way of asking permission to speak to the congregation. The fact that they were invited to speak ([13:15](../13/15.md)) suggests that this is the case. Alternate translation: “sat down as rabbis would, to ask permission to speak to the congregation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 13 15 dnb4 translate-names τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 And after the reading of the law and of the prophets The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Even though these are common nouns, Luke is using them to mean specific things. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 15 dnb4 translate-names τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 And after the reading of the law and of the prophets The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Even though these are common nouns, Luke is using them to mean specific things. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 15 kno1 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “Our brothers” or “You brothers of ours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 15 td4h figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers The synagogue leaders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “Our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 15 jru8 figs-metonymy εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν 1 if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people The synagogue leaders are using the term **word** to mean what Barnabas or Paul would want to say using words. Alternate translation: “if you want to say anything to encourage our people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 2919d8d46eccc8318251232dd68912e68a7b892e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:21:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 705075713f..94e11214b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ ACT 13 17 se2b ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ 1 Th ACT 13 17 tbc4 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form of the word **our** here and in verses 32 and 33. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 13 17 l9cn figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 17 aaj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 exalted the people When Paul says that God **exalted the people** of Israel when they were in Egypt, he is referring to the way God made them great in number and strength even while they were still slaves. Alternate translation: “greatly enlarged their population” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm Here, **an uplifted arm** describes God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm Here, **an uplifted arm** describes God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 18 zv9e translate-textvariants ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he put up with their disobedience.” Some ancient copies have a different word that means “he took care of them,” which makes sense, since in this part of his speech, Paul is listing all of the good things that God did for the Israelites. Paul would be quoting Deuteronomy 1:13 from a well-known Greek translation. If the reading **put up with them** is correct, Paul may be foreshadowing the warning he gives at the end of his speech in [13:40–41](../13/40.md). If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. Alternate translation: “he took care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 13 19 nvp7 writing-pronouns κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, the pronoun **them** refers to the Israelites, and the pronoun **their** refers to the seven nations that God destroyed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God gave the Israelites for an inheritance the land that these seven nations had previously occupied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 20 xyg6 figs-ellipsis ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “All these events took place over a period of about 450 years.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From aa1e6d4fbb8c5b36f139bada893b9ea45423baea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:31:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 94e11214b5..f0b5afa42d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ ACT 13 19 nvp7 writing-pronouns κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν ACT 13 20 xyg6 figs-ellipsis ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “All these events took place over a period of about 450 years.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 13 20 qmc8 figs-metonymy ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet This could mean: (1) that God gave the Israelites a series of judges and Samuel was the last of them. Alternate translation: “he gave them a series of judges ending with Samuel, who was also a prophet” (2) that the phrase ** Samuel the prophet** represents the time period associated with Samuel. Alternate translation: “until the time of Samuel the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 20 tb5w translate-names Σαμουὴλ 1 The word**Samuel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 13 21 nrug translate-names τὸν Σαοὺλ…Κείς…Βενιαμείν 1 The word **Saul** is the name of a man. The word **Kish** is the name of another man, the father of Saul. The word **Benjamin** is the name of one of the tribes of Israel, to which Saul belonged. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 13 21 nrug translate-names τὸν Σαοὺλ…Κείς…Βενιαμείν 1 The word **Saul** is the name of a man. The word **Kish** is the name of another man, the father of Saul. The word **Benjamin** is the name of one of the tribes of Israel, the tribe to which Saul belonged. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 21 yxi8 figs-ellipsis ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for 40 years Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “to be their king for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 13 22 bsp6 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David for them as their king Here, the expression **raised up** describes God giving someone an important position. See how you translated it in [3:22](../03/22.md). Alternate translation: “made David their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 22 akg6 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, εὗρον Δαυεὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου 1 In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Paul’s quotation into an indirect quotation. (Paul is quoting from 1 Samuel [13:14](../1sa/13/14.md) and Psalm [89:20](../psa/89/20.md).) Alternate translation: “he said, testifying, that he had found David, son of Jesse, a man according to his heart, who would do all his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) From ab517c90c665d5b57d2334dada6be7bf65ca79d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:52:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f0b5afa42d..e8d4f19f09 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ ACT 13 20 tb5w translate-names Σαμουὴλ 1 The word**Samuel** is the name ACT 13 21 nrug translate-names τὸν Σαοὺλ…Κείς…Βενιαμείν 1 The word **Saul** is the name of a man. The word **Kish** is the name of another man, the father of Saul. The word **Benjamin** is the name of one of the tribes of Israel, the tribe to which Saul belonged. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 21 yxi8 figs-ellipsis ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 for 40 years Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “to be their king for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 13 22 bsp6 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα 1 he raised up David for them as their king Here, the expression **raised up** describes God giving someone an important position. See how you translated it in [3:22](../03/22.md). Alternate translation: “made David their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 22 akg6 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, εὗρον Δαυεὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου 1 In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Paul’s quotation into an indirect quotation. (Paul is quoting from 1 Samuel [13:14](../1sa/13/14.md) and Psalm [89:20](../psa/89/20.md).) Alternate translation: “he said, testifying, that he had found David, son of Jesse, a man according to his heart, who would do all his will.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 13 22 akg6 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, εὗρον Δαυεὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου 1 In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Paul’s quotation into an indirect quotation. (Paul is quoting from 1 Samuel [13:14](../1sa/13/14.md) and Psalm [89:20](../psa/89/20.md).) Alternate translation: “he said, testifying, that he had found David, son of Jesse, a man according to his heart, who would do all his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) ACT 13 22 dbu5 figs-idiom εὗρον 1 I have found While God was indeed searching for someone to replace Saul, here the word **found** does not refer to the results of that search, but rather to God’s estimation of David. Alternate translation: “I have recognized that David, son of Jesse, is a man according to my heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 22 jf03 translate-names τοῦ Ἰεσσαί 1 The word **Jesse** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 a man according to my heart This is an idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “the kind of person who does what pleases me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel Here, **Is ACT 13 24 wbpf figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 By **John**, Paul is referring implicitly to John the Baptist. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 24 xzf2 figs-explicitinfo πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 In your language, the expression **before the face of his entrance**, meaning “before the appearance of his entry into ministry” (see next two notes), might seem to convey redundant information that would be not be natural to express. If so, you can abbreviate it. Alternate translation: “before he appeared” or “before he entered into his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 13 24 abcn figs-metaphor πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 before the face of his coming Here the term **face** means “appearance.” Alternate translation: “appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 24 igpi figs-metaphor τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 By **entrance**, Paul is to Jesus beginning his ministry. Alternate translation: “of the start of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 24 igpi figs-metaphor τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 By **entrance**, Paul is referring to Jesus beginning his ministry. Alternate translation: “of the start of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 24 gqs9 writing-pronouns τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “of Jesus’ entrance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 a baptism of repentance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a baptism that people received to show that they were repenting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 25 ntrj figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον 1 Paul is speaking of John as if he had been running a race or **course**. Alternate translation: “his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1952,13 +1952,13 @@ ACT 13 26 c9pw figs-metaphor υἱοὶ 1 Paul is using the term **sons** to me ACT 13 26 jdp6 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here the word **us** includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη 1 the word about this salvation has been sent If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, it is clear from the context that this was God. Alternate translation: “God has sent the word about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 26 zx08 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 Paul is using the term **word** to mean the message that God sent about Jesus by using words. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about how God is saving people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how God is saving people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 27 s64d writing-pronouns τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this one** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “not recognizing Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 27 psk5 figs-explicit τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize this one Paul means implicitly that the people of Jerusalem and their leaders did not recognize that God had sent Jesus to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “not recognizing that God had sent Jesus to be the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 the voices of the prophets Paul is using the word **voices** to mean the prophecies that the prophets spoke with their voices. Alternate translation: “the prophecies of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 that are read If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 27 i6jo figs-explicit τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 Paul is referring implicitly to the way that someone reads from the writings of **the prophets** on each **Sabbath** in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “that someone reads aloud in each synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 13 28 v3hw writing-pronouns ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν 1 General Information: Here the word **they** refThe pronoun **they** refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders asked Pilate for Jesus to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])ers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word **him** here refers to Jesus. +ACT 13 28 v3hw writing-pronouns ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν 1 General Information: Here the word **they** refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders asked Pilate for Jesus to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 28 iect figs-activepassive ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 29 sq1j figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 And when they had completed all that had been written about him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets had written about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 taking him down from the tree It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “taking him down from the tree after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 4845588de6a36cc84105edbdc5e03a7c46bdeb66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 00:55:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e8d4f19f09..f698d9b811 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ ACT 13 27 i6jo figs-explicit τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας 2 Paul i ACT 13 28 v3hw writing-pronouns ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν 1 General Information: Here the word **they** refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders asked Pilate for Jesus to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 28 iect figs-activepassive ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 29 sq1j figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα 1 And when they had completed all that had been written about him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all that the prophets had written about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 taking him down from the tree It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “taking him down from the tree after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 29 m5f1 figs-explicit καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου 1 taking him down from the tree It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus had died before this happened. Alternate translation: “taking him down from the tree after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-metonymy τοῦ ξύλου 1 from the tree The word translated **tree** can mean either an actual tree or something made of wood. Paul is using the word to refer to the cross, which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 30 h5jw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 But God raised him Paul uses the word **But** to indicate a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 57bcf4c53577c480df2bd78f9e93ad679e46542a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:05:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f698d9b811..1ece11ecc4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1966,10 +1966,10 @@ ACT 13 29 vwt4 figs-metonymy τοῦ ξύλου 1 from the tree The word transla ACT 13 30 h5jw grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 But God raised him Paul uses the word **But** to indicate a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) ACT 13 30 zsx4 figs-idiom ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν 1 raised him Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 30 mqx8 figs-nominaladj ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 raised him from the dead Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 13 31 zesg writing-pronouns ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He was seen for many days by the ones having come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 13 31 zesg writing-pronouns ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He was seen for many days by the ones having come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 31 ig7w figs-activepassive ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The ones having come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 31 g4vl figs-explicit ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings tWe know from the Gospels that this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])hat this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. -ACT 13 31 rw9e figs-idiom τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν 1 Paul says **having come up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “the ones who traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 31 g4vl figs-explicit ἡμέρας πλείους 1 many days We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate **many days** with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 31 rw9e figs-idiom τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν 1 Paul says **having come up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “by the ones who traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 32 h6ch figs-explicit τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to a **promise** that God made. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 32 hr2g figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 33 b1uh translate-versebridge 1 God has fulfilled this for our children It may be helpful to create a verse bridge that combines verse 32 with the first part of verse 33. You could say something like this: “And we are proclaiming to you that by raising Jesus, God has completely fulfilled for our children the promise he made to our fathers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) From 3397033ac5dbde3d69a60b47af37ca4bba6c346c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:11:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1ece11ecc4..aa6e6eee52 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1973,16 +1973,16 @@ ACT 13 31 rw9e figs-idiom τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν 1 Paul says **havin ACT 13 32 h6ch figs-explicit τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will know that he is referring to a **promise** that God made. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise that God made to our fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 32 hr2g figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 33 b1uh translate-versebridge 1 God has fulfilled this for our children It may be helpful to create a verse bridge that combines verse 32 with the first part of verse 33. You could say something like this: “And we are proclaiming to you that by raising Jesus, God has completely fulfilled for our children the promise he made to our fathers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 13 33 t0wt figs-explicit ταύτην 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will know that by **this**, he means the promise he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 33 t0wt figs-explicit ταύτην 1 Paul assumes that his listeners will know that by **this** he means the promise he described in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 33 dy6w translate-textvariants τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for our children Some ancient copies read, “for us, their children” which makes sense, since Paul is saying that this promise was fulfilled in his own generation, not in the next generation. If the reading **for our children** is correct, Paul may mean “for the children of us Israelites.” If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 13 33 t176 figs-metaphor τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 If this is the correct reading, then Paul may be using the term **children** to mean “descendants.” Alternate translation: “for our descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here, **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by causing Jesus to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here, **raising up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “causing Jesus to live again after he had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 33 y3tz figs-activepassive ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is also written in the second Psalm If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As we can also read in the second Psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 33 h9ir translate-ordinal τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Psalm 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) ACT 13 33 ljnl figs-quotemarks Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Psalm 2 as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Messiah directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 13 33 c1pn figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You are my Son, yes, today I have fathered you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son … I have fathered you **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -ACT 13 34 zhjq writing-pronouns ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν…εἴρηκεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God raised Jesus…God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 13 34 zhjq writing-pronouns ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν…εἴρηκεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, and the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God raised Jesus …God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 34 je9s figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν 1 As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “he brought him back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 34 h3nj figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean people who have died. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 13 34 ipb9 figs-quotemarks δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια Δαυεὶδ τὰ πιστά 1 This quotation is from the prophet Isaiah. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Isaiah as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites and ultimately the Messiah directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) From f95e20b29931f52ceb44cf2173cf638553299056 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 01:21:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index aa6e6eee52..2ba2dc2295 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow y ACT 13 35 bhos figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Paul is referring to death in a polite way by using the phrase **fell asleep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “passed away” or “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) ACT 13 36 nwy9 figs-activepassive προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 36 f5s2 figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 36 f5s2 figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 36 la5s figs-idiom εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 saw decay Paul is using the word **saw** to mean “experienced.” Alternate translation: “experienced decay” or “underwent decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 36 okfp figs-explicit διαφθοράν 1 The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 37 bmw3 writing-pronouns ὃν…ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 But he whom The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God raised up,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From f047f25c5b8d039c3f5573b37db6d4e5403eaa31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:14:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2ba2dc2295..c1640ab500 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 fell asleep Paul is referring ACT 13 36 nwy9 figs-activepassive προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 was laid with his fathers If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his fathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 36 f5s2 figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ 1 Paul is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 36 la5s figs-idiom εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 saw decay Paul is using the word **saw** to mean “experienced.” Alternate translation: “experienced decay” or “underwent decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 13 36 okfp figs-explicit διαφθοράν 1 The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 36 okfp figs-explicit διαφθοράν 1 Here, the term **decay** refers to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 37 bmw3 writing-pronouns ὃν…ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 But he whom The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God raised up,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up The idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 37 j52x figs-idiom οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 did not see decay Paul is using the word **see** to mean “experience.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “experience decay” or “undergo decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From c854d9fd9e33a79f21894abca4c82b3b68b4fda0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:41:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c1640ab500..1c9007b75c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2014,10 +2014,10 @@ ACT 13 39 ki8q writing-pronouns τούτῳ 1 The demonstrative pronoun **this ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-metonymy βλέπετε 1 be careful that Paul is using the term **Look** to mean “Be careful,” since looking around alertly is associated with being careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 40 tt1x figs-activepassive τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 the thing spoken about in the prophets If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the thing that the prophets spoke about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 40 osou figs-personification μὴ ἐπέλθῃ 1 Paul is speaking of what the prophets spoke as if it were a living thing that could **come upon** his listeners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may not happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 13 41 kk1j figs-quotemarks ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε καὶ ἀφανίσθητε, ὅτι ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Habakkuk. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Habakkuk as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites and directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 13 41 kk1j figs-quotemarks ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε καὶ ἀφανίσθητε, ὅτι ἔργον ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ἔργον ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Habakkuk. Even if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present this quotation from Habakkuk as a direct quotation if possible, since God is addressing the Israelites directly in it. You may be able to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language could use to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. You may also be able to use special formatting to set off the quotation, as ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) ACT 13 41 jveu figs-metonymy ἴδετε 1 Paul is using the term **Look** to mean “Be careful,” since looking around altertly is associated with being careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 41 xcdg figs-activepassive ἀφανίσθητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 41 dvn1 figs-metonymy ἔργον ἐργάζομαι…ἔργον 1 am doing a work God is using the word **work** to mean a judgment that he will work to bring about. Alternate translation: “I am carrying out a judgment…a judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 13 41 dvn1 figs-metonymy ἔργον ἐργάζομαι…ἔργον 1 am doing a work God is using the word **work** to mean a judgment that he will work to bring about. Alternate translation: “I am carrying out a judgment … a judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 42 ax8v writing-pronouns ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving Here the pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “as Paul and Barnabas were leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 607f6c5426b36a6b25844f77d324f4395264187f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:44:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1c9007b75c..e2775580a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ ACT 13 41 kk1j figs-quotemarks ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, κα ACT 13 41 jveu figs-metonymy ἴδετε 1 Paul is using the term **Look** to mean “Be careful,” since looking around altertly is associated with being careful. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be careful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 41 xcdg figs-activepassive ἀφανίσθητε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 41 dvn1 figs-metonymy ἔργον ἐργάζομαι…ἔργον 1 am doing a work God is using the word **work** to mean a judgment that he will work to bring about. Alternate translation: “I am carrying out a judgment … a judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 13 41 nm2q figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 42 ax8v writing-pronouns ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving Here the pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “as Paul and Barnabas were leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 42 w9h6 figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2787c646e02cc9891846949b6aed8c0e87cd0b9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:46:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e2775580a8..21f24d03be 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ ACT 13 41 xcdg figs-activepassive ἀφανίσθητε 1 If your language does ACT 13 41 dvn1 figs-metonymy ἔργον ἐργάζομαι…ἔργον 1 am doing a work God is using the word **work** to mean a judgment that he will work to bring about. Alternate translation: “I am carrying out a judgment … a judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 41 nm2q figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 42 ax8v writing-pronouns ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving Here the pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “as Paul and Barnabas were leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 42 w9h6 figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 43 a58z figs-activepassive λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 And when the synagogue meeting had ended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4004dd1ac76eb2cb99c4597e0ba647dcf0559391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:46:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 21f24d03be..d5a82cd17b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ ACT 13 41 dvn1 figs-metonymy ἔργον ἐργάζομαι…ἔργον 1 am ACT 13 41 nm2q figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days God is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during your lifetime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 42 ax8v writing-pronouns ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν 1 And as they were leaving Here the pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “as Paul and Barnabas were leaving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the pronoun **they** refers to the people who were in the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the people in the synagogue begged them for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 13 42 w9h6 figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 42 w9h6 figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 43 a58z figs-activepassive λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 And when the synagogue meeting had ended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 43 sws7 translate-unknown προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These **proselytes** were non-Jewish people who had converted to Judaism. Alternate translation: “convert to Judaism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From eb62e9752c0c5c8a583aed8e4617d5b742949701 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 18:52:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d5a82cd17b..0a25914492 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ ACT 13 42 f3sw writing-pronouns παρεκάλουν 1 they begged them Here the ACT 13 42 w9h6 figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “them to speak these words to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here, **words** refers to the message that Paul had spoken using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 43 a58z figs-activepassive λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς 1 And when the synagogue meeting had ended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 13 43 sws7 translate-unknown προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These **proselytes** were non-Jewish people who had converted to Judaism. Alternate translation: “convert to Judaism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 13 43 sws7 translate-unknown προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These **proselytes** were non-Jewish people who had converted to Judaism. Alternate translation: “converts to Judaism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) ACT 13 43 mygk figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν…τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρναβᾷ 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple or accept that person as a teacher. Alternate translation: “accepted Paul and Barnabas as their teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-abstractnouns προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to remain faithful to God, who had graciously saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 almost the whole city was gathered together The **city** represents the people in the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d63a1fdeeb3ae6f251663426df775d28a6da16e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 19:02:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 0a25914492..fb7ab63096 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2032,13 +2032,13 @@ ACT 13 44 h40t figs-activepassive συνήχθη 1 If your language does not us ACT 13 44 yga7 figs-explicit ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 to hear the word of the Lord The implication is that Paul and Barnabas were going to speak **the word of the Lord**. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak the word of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 44 evox figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message that Paul and Barnabas were going to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 45 j4zq figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Luke is using the name of a whole group, **the Jews**, to refer to one part of that group, its leaders. Alternate translation: “the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy For emphasis, Luke is speaking of the Jewish leaders as if they were a container that jealousy **filled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 45 qrh2 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy For emphasis, Luke is speaking of the Jewish leaders as if they were a container that jealousy **filled**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphasis another way. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 46 d08v figs-activepassive λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for us to speak the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-metonymy ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 necessary for the word of God first to be spoken to you Paul and Barnabas are using the term **word** to mean the message that God commanded them to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ὑμῖν…πρῶτον 1 It was necessary for Paul means implicitly that it was necessary to speak to the Jews first because they were God’s chosen people and God had sent the Messiah initially to them. Alternate translation: “to you Jews first because you are God’s chosen people and God sent the Messiah initially to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ὑμῖν…πρῶτον 1 It was necessary for Paul means implicitly that it was necessary to speak to the Jews first because they were God’s chosen people, and God had sent the Messiah initially to them. Alternate translation: “to you Jews first because you are God’s chosen people, and God sent the Messiah initially to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Since you reject it Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 13 46 ms36 figs-irony οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life Paul does not seriously believe that the Jewish leaders do not consider themselves worthy of eternal life. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. Alternate translation: “are acting as if you are not worthy of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ACT 13 46 ms36 figs-irony οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life Paul does not seriously believe that the Jewish leaders do not consider themselves worthy of eternal life. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. Alternate translation: “are acting as if you judge yourselves not worthy of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) ACT 13 46 kzm1 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the term **behold** to focus the attention of the Jewish leaders on what they are about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they are going to be physically **turning** toward **the Gentiles**. They mean that they are going to stop preaching in the Jewish synagogue and begin preaching to gatherings of Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive στρεφόμεθα 1 By **we**, Paul and Barnabas mean themselves, but not the Jewish leaders to whom they are speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 528dc9533738040708fdec2142403add6dc695a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 19:15:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fb7ab63096..21478094ac 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ ACT 13 50 ef21 figs-metaphor παρώτρυναν 1 Luke says that the Jewish l ACT 13 50 f5yd τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας τὰς εὐσχήμονας 1 Alternate translation: “the influential women among the Gentile women who worshiped in the synagogue” ACT 13 50 wmm5 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men Luke is using the adjective **principal** as a noun, to mean people who are important. (ULT adds the word **ones** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the most important men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 13 50 uc54 writing-pronouns ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the influential women and important men, not to the Jewish leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the influential women and important men threw them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 13 50 cq9h figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out from their boundaries Like is likely speaking when he says that they **threw** them out. It is unlikely that they actually picked up Paul and Barnabas and heaved them through the air. Alternate translation: “they forced Paul and Barnabas to leave their boundaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 13 50 cq9h figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out from their boundaries Luke is likely using a metaphor when he says that they **threw** them out. It is unlikely that they actually picked up Paul and Barnabas and heaved them through the air. Alternate translation: “they forced Paul and Barnabas to leave their boundaries” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 50 kzzk figs-metonymy τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 Luke is describing the city of Antioch in Pisidia by association with the way that it had **boundaries** and its leading citizens could determine who could be within those boundaries. Alternate translation: “their city” or “the territory they controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 51 abco writing-pronouns οἱ 1 But when they had shaken off The pronoun **they** refers to Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 13 51 xi1z translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 when they had shaken off the dust from their feet against them This symbolic action was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From cc20b788bf456d78aaef59d424318ba4cf8274f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 19:42:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 21478094ac..615fd364e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2064,11 +2064,11 @@ ACT 13 51 xi1z translate-symaction ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονι ACT 13 51 fvop translate-names Ἰκόνιον 1 The word **Iconium** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 52 dp5k figs-explicit οἵ…μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples Here, **the disciples** implicitly means the new believers that Paul and Barnabas were leaving behind in Antioch of Pisidia. Alternate translation: “the new believers in Antioch of Pisidia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 13 52 hhgj figs-metaphor ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Luke is speaking of these disciples as if they were a container that **joy** and **the Holy Spirit** had **filled**. Alternate translation: “experienced great joy and a strong sense of the Holy Spirit’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n- Verses 1–4 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Iconium.- Verses 5–19 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Lystra.- Verses 20–28 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel and strengthened the believers in several cities on their way back to Antioch.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this chapter\n\n### “the word of his grace”\n\nThe expression “the word of his grace” refers to the message that God will graciously forgive and accept those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### Zeus and Hermes\n\nIn this chapter, Barnabas and Paul are mistaken for the pagan gods Zeus and Hermes. The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods that did not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God,” that is, the one and only true God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”\n\nJesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul and Barnabas were saying the same thing using different words as they encourage the new believers in the cities that they had visited. +ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1–4 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Iconium.- Verses 5–19 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel in Lystra.- Verses 20–28 describe how Paul and Barnabas proclaimed the gospel and strengthened the believers in several cities on their way back to Antioch.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “the word of his grace”\n\nThe expression “the word of his grace” refers to the message that God will graciously forgive and accept those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### Zeus and Hermes\n\nIn this chapter, Barnabas and Paul are mistaken for the pagan gods Zeus and Hermes. The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods that did not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God,” that is, the one and only true God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”\n\nJesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul and Barnabas were saying the same thing using different words as they encouraged the new believers in the cities that they had visited. ACT 14 1 hk1z writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Iconium Luke is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι 1 spoke in such a way It may be helpful to say explicitly that they spoke about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient Alternate translation: “those Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus” -ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν 1 stirred up the souls of the Gentiles Luke says that these Jews**stirred up** the Gentiles, as if calm waters were being disturbed. This figurative expression means that the Jews said things to make the Gentiles very upset with Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν 1 stirred up the souls of the Gentiles Luke says that these Jews**stirred up** the Gentiles, as if calm waters were being disturbed. This expression means that the Jews said things to make the Gentiles very upset with Paul and Barnabas. Alternate translation: “agitated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the souls Luke is using one part of the Gentiles, their **souls**, to mean all of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 14 2 fu13 figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 3 a3gp grammar-connect-logic-contrast οὖν 1 So they stayed there Luke uses the word **But** here to indicate a contrast between what the unfaithful Jews did and what Paul and Barnabas did in response. In your translation, indicate this contrast in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Nevertheless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra The word **Lystra** is the ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe The word**Derbe** is the name of a city in Asia Minor. It is south of Iconium and Lystra. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) ACT 14 8 kz7d figs-metonymy ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet Luke is referring to the strength of this man’s legs by association with the way people are able to stand on their **feet** when their legs are strong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whose legs could not support him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 14 8 tca1 figs-metonymy χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 lame from the womb of his mother Luke is referring to the time of this man’s birth by association with the way he came out of the **womb of his mother** when he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the time he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 14 8 tca1 figs-metonymy χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 lame from the womb of his mother Luke is referring to the time of this man’s birth by association with the way he came out of the **womb of his mother** when he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lame from the time he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 14 9 di49 figs-rpronouns οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος, ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν 1 He looked intently at him The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to the lame man, and the pronoun **who** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “This man heard Paul speaking. Paul looked intently at the man and saw that he had faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 he has faith to be saved If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he could trust in Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 9 uwov figs-activepassive ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. (Here Luke is using the word that is often translated “saved” in one of its specific senses to mean **healed**.) Alternate translation: “he could trusting Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3bf76b2a2224c289d76d999bf7535b39a4797ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 19:44:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 615fd364e5..bef7073c29 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ ACT 14 8 kz7d figs-metonymy ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerles ACT 14 8 tca1 figs-metonymy χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 lame from the womb of his mother Luke is referring to the time of this man’s birth by association with the way he came out of the **womb of his mother** when he was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “lame from the time he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 14 9 di49 figs-rpronouns οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος, ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν 1 He looked intently at him The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to the lame man, and the pronoun **who** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “This man heard Paul speaking. Paul looked intently at the man and saw that he had faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 he has faith to be saved If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he could trust in Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 14 9 uwov figs-activepassive ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. (Here Luke is using the word that is often translated “saved” in one of its specific senses to mean **healed**.) Alternate translation: “he could trusting Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 14 9 uwov figs-activepassive ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. (Here Luke is using the word that is often translated “saved” in one of its specific senses to mean **healed**.) Alternate translation: “he could trust Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 14 10 i2kz writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ἥλατο 1 The first instance of the pronoun **He** refers to Paul, and the second instance refers to the man who was lame. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul said…the man jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 10 tect figs-imperative ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός 1 This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah gives you the ability to walk” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) ACT 14 10 sagd figs-explicitinfo ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός 1 It might seem that the expression **stand … on your feet** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “Stand up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) From ce653251eff39bf9b2959a338f7c0b3ca3128381 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 19:47:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index bef7073c29..453c0db14d 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2089,9 +2089,9 @@ ACT 14 8 tca1 figs-metonymy χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐ ACT 14 9 di49 figs-rpronouns οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος, ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἔχει πίστιν 1 He looked intently at him The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to the lame man, and the pronoun **who** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, and it may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “This man heard Paul speaking. Paul looked intently at the man and saw that he had faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 he has faith to be saved If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he could trust in Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 9 uwov figs-activepassive ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be Jesus. (Here Luke is using the word that is often translated “saved” in one of its specific senses to mean **healed**.) Alternate translation: “he could trust Jesus to heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 14 10 i2kz writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ἥλατο 1 The first instance of the pronoun **He** refers to Paul, and the second instance refers to the man who was lame. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul said…the man jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 14 10 i2kz writing-pronouns εἶπεν…ἥλατο 1 The first instance of the pronoun **He** refers to Paul, and the second instance refers to the man who was lame. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul said … the man jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 10 tect figs-imperative ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός 1 This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “Jesus the Messiah gives you the ability to walk” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative) -ACT 14 10 sagd figs-explicitinfo ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός 1 It might seem that the expression **stand … on your feet** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “Stand up straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +ACT 14 10 sagd figs-explicitinfo ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθός 1 It might seem that the expression **Stand … on your feet** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “Stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 14 10 v1kz figs-explicit ἥλατο 1 he jumped up The implication is that the man’s legs were completely healed. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the man was completely healed and he jumped up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 11 isyz ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice**. Alternate translation: “they raised their voices” ACT 14 11 lvs9 figs-idiom ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice The phrase **raised up their voice** is an idiom that means that the crowds spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they said loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1ff2aa520ec0b65a2c33e382947ee2a8f25d47d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:07:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 453c0db14d..3d07fe4591 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2103,8 +2103,8 @@ ACT 14 12 hh25 translate-names Ἑρμῆν 1 Hermes The word **Hermes** is the ACT 14 12 i1fa figs-ellipsis τὸν δὲ Παῦλον, Ἑρμῆν, 1 Luke is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were calling Paul ‘Hermes,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 14 12 d9lu figs-metonymy ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that Paul and Barnabas were sharing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leader of the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 14 12 l63q figs-personification ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου 1 Luke is speaking of the message about Jesus as if it were a living thing that Paul could lead. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the main speaker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-metonymy τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought Luke is using the name **Zeus** to mean the temple that was associated with the worship of Zeus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the temple of Zeus that was before the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 14 13 sh4o figs-explicit τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 Here, **before** means “in front of”. Luke is referring to the temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city of Iconium. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “the Temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-metonymy τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought Luke is using the name **Zeus** to mean the temple that was associated with the worship of Zeus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the temple of Zeus, which was before the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 14 13 sh4o figs-explicit τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 Here, **before** means “in front of”. Luke is referring to the temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city of Iconium. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “of the Temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 13 v2a9 figs-explicit ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The implication is that the priest had put these **wreaths** on the **oxen** because they were going to be offered as a sacrifice. That was the custom in this culture. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “oxen that were wearing wreaths as sacrificial animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 13 ud37 figs-explicit ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice Luke means implicitly that the priest of Zeus wanted to offer the oxen as sacrifices to Paul and Barnabas, whom the people thought were the gods Zeus and Hermes. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 14 kx43 translate-symaction διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing Barnabas and Paul tore their clothes as a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “during their clothing to show how distressed they were that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) From 80c51d0f513a1c756d960e984f73c012a7839e6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:12:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3d07fe4591..c8828a550c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2106,8 +2106,8 @@ ACT 14 12 l63q figs-personification ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου 1 ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-metonymy τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought Luke is using the name **Zeus** to mean the temple that was associated with the worship of Zeus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the temple of Zeus, which was before the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 14 13 sh4o figs-explicit τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως 1 Here, **before** means “in front of”. Luke is referring to the temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city of Iconium. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “of the Temple of Zeus that was located right outside the entrance to the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 13 v2a9 figs-explicit ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The implication is that the priest had put these **wreaths** on the **oxen** because they were going to be offered as a sacrifice. That was the custom in this culture. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “oxen that were wearing wreaths as sacrificial animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 13 ud37 figs-explicit ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice Luke means implicitly that the priest of Zeus wanted to offer the oxen as sacrifices to Paul and Barnabas, whom the people thought were the gods Zeus and Hermes. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 14 kx43 translate-symaction διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing Barnabas and Paul tore their clothes as a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “during their clothing to show how distressed they were that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 14 13 ud37 figs-explicit ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice Luke means implicitly that the priest of Zeus wanted to offer the oxen as sacrifices to Paul and Barnabas, whom the people thought were the gods Zeus and Hermes. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “was wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 14 kx43 translate-symaction διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing Barnabas and Paul tore their clothes as a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “tearing their clothing to show how distressed they were that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 14 14 wa4h figs-hendiadys κράζοντες 1 Together with the word “saying” in the next verse, the phrase “crying out” expresses a single idea. The phrase **crying out** tells how Barnabas and Paul were **saying** what they said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 14 15 ee13 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women and Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “you people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From e18ecbdc5e3a19a24efa28c6c0e93b0e08f9f940 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:14:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index c8828a550c..62f10fa58f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2109,8 +2109,8 @@ ACT 14 13 v2a9 figs-explicit ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and ACT 14 13 ud37 figs-explicit ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanting to sacrifice Luke means implicitly that the priest of Zeus wanted to offer the oxen as sacrifices to Paul and Barnabas, whom the people thought were the gods Zeus and Hermes. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “was wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 14 kx43 translate-symaction διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing Barnabas and Paul tore their clothes as a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. If this would not be clear to your readers, you can explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: “tearing their clothing to show how distressed they were that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 14 14 wa4h figs-hendiadys κράζοντες 1 Together with the word “saying” in the next verse, the phrase “crying out” expresses a single idea. The phrase **crying out** tells how Barnabas and Paul were **saying** what they said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ACT 14 15 ee13 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women and Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “you people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 14 15 ee13 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women of Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “You people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “People, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 14 15 u9pq figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you People in this culture believed that the gods did not have passions as humans do. So the implication of this statement is that Paul and Barnabas are human beings, not gods. You can include this information in your translation if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “We are human beings just like you. We are not gods!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they want the people in Lystra physically to **turn** from idol worship and believe in the one true God. The metaphor of turning means to stop living in one way and to start living in another way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to get you to stop worshiping these false gods and lead you to worship the living God instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 15 blhg figs-nominaladj τούτων τῶν ματαίων 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the adjective **useless** as a noun to mean the false gods that the people of Lystra had been worshiping. ULT adds the word **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these false gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) From caba39080cb344f8f9cb25281d4b064cfe5ea7ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:15:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 62f10fa58f..1961499c45 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ ACT 14 14 kx43 translate-symaction διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ACT 14 14 wa4h figs-hendiadys κράζοντες 1 Together with the word “saying” in the next verse, the phrase “crying out” expresses a single idea. The phrase **crying out** tells how Barnabas and Paul were **saying** what they said. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “saying loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 14 15 ee13 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women of Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “You people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “People, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 14 15 u9pq figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you People in this culture believed that the gods did not have passions as humans do. So the implication of this statement is that Paul and Barnabas are human beings, not gods. You can include this information in your translation if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “We are human beings just like you. We are not gods!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 15 u9pq figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you People in this culture believed that the gods did not have passions as humans do. So the implication of this statement is that Paul and Barnabas are human beings and not gods. You can include this information in your translation if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “We are human beings just like you. We are not gods!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they want the people in Lystra physically to **turn** from idol worship and believe in the one true God. The metaphor of turning means to stop living in one way and to start living in another way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to get you to stop worshiping these false gods and lead you to worship the living God instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 15 blhg figs-nominaladj τούτων τῶν ματαίων 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the adjective **useless** as a noun to mean the false gods that the people of Lystra had been worshiping. ULT adds the word **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these false gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 14 15 qr5b figs-idiom Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God This expression is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one God who truly exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From d0a1f11cb7fc66319e920430b42a40c2168525ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:20:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1961499c45..fcfa4b000a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2112,7 +2112,7 @@ ACT 14 14 wa4h figs-hendiadys κράζοντες 1 Together with the word “sa ACT 14 15 ee13 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul and Barnabas are likely using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women, since both men and women of Lystra were probably in the crowd that wanted to sacrifice to them. To make this clear to your readers, you could use a term in your language that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “You people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you would express this question as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “People, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 14 15 u9pq figs-explicit καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are men with the same feelings as you People in this culture believed that the gods did not have passions as humans do. So the implication of this statement is that Paul and Barnabas are human beings and not gods. You can include this information in your translation if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “We are human beings just like you. We are not gods!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they want the people in Lystra physically to **turn** from idol worship and believe in the one true God. The metaphor of turning means to stop living in one way and to start living in another way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to get you to stop worshiping these false gods and lead you to worship the living God instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Paul and Barnabas are speaking as if they want the people in Lystra physically to **turn** from idol worship and believe in the one true God. The metaphor of turning means to stop living in one way and to start living in another way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning of this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to get you to stop worshiping these false gods and, instead, lead you to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 15 blhg figs-nominaladj τούτων τῶν ματαίων 1 Paul and Barnabas are using the adjective **useless** as a noun to mean the false gods that the people of Lystra had been worshiping. ULT adds the word **things** to show this. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this expression with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “these false gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 14 15 qr5b figs-idiom Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God This expression is an idiom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one God who truly exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 14 15 lw9o figs-merism ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas are referring to all of creation by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From c07ebe9228737c85484ecbc37359d7ed8ac44bb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:29:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index fcfa4b000a..983c76e9c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2118,8 +2118,8 @@ ACT 14 15 qr5b figs-idiom Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God This expression i ACT 14 15 lw9o figs-merism ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Paul and Barnabas are referring to all of creation by naming its components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) ACT 14 16 vpt5 figs-metaphor πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 1 to go their own ways This is a metaphor that refers to how people live their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do what they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν 1 he did not leave himself without witness If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative preposition **without**. Alternate translation: “he left himself a witness” or “he showed you what he was like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -ACT 14 17 c1se figs-explicitinfo οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς 1 It might seem that the expression **rains from the sky** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) -ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-synecdoche filling your hearts 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Paul and Barnabas are using one part of these people, their **hearts**, meaning their desi misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “satisfying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 14 17 c1se figs-explicitinfo οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς 1 It might seem that the expression **rains from the sky** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “providing rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) +ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-synecdoche filling your hearts 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Paul and Barnabas are using one part of these people, their **hearts**, meaning their desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “satisfying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 14 17 en5y figs-hendiadys τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **gladness** tells how the food that God provided made these people feel. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “enjoyable food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It may be helpful to state explicitly what they **persuaded the crowds** to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the crowds not to believe Paul and Barnabas and to turn hostilely against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 20 aqx3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…εἰσῆλθεν…ἐξῆλθεν 1 he entered into the city The pronouns **him** and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he entered … Paul went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 195a0b0b69ef0714874a18c4ab51e821c671c688 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:31:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 983c76e9c0..f093963c37 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ ACT 14 17 kig8 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀ ACT 14 17 c1se figs-explicitinfo οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς 1 It might seem that the expression **rains from the sky** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “providing rain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 14 17 ps9z figs-synecdoche filling your hearts 1 filling your hearts with food and gladness Paul and Barnabas are using one part of these people, their **hearts**, meaning their desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “satisfying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 14 17 en5y figs-hendiadys τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **gladness** tells how the food that God provided made these people feel. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “enjoyable food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) -ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It may be helpful to state explicitly what they **persuaded the crowds** to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the crowds not to believe Paul and Barnabas and to turn hostilely against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 14 19 wmc2 figs-explicit πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 persuaded the crowds It may be helpful to state explicitly what they **persuaded the crowds** to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the crowds not to believe Paul and Barnabas and to turn violently against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 14 20 aqx3 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…εἰσῆλθεν…ἐξῆλθεν 1 he entered into the city The pronouns **him** and **he** refer to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul … he entered … Paul went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 21 lint figs-nominaladj μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς 1 Luke is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean the people who became disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “having helped many people to become disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They were strengthening the souls of the disciples Here, **souls** refers to the **disciples**. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 2e4d524d0a0521f17b09852b9581bfcf8ffe07d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:42:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index f093963c37..061af2de66 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ACT 14 22 zkd2 figs-abstractnouns παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 and encouraging them to continue in the faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “encouraging them to keep believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.” You may want to have an indirect quotation here, if that would be more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and saying that it was necessary for all of them to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) ACT 14 22 ci6q figs-abstractnouns δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See the discussion of the concept of the **kingdom of God** in Part 2 of the General Introduction to Acts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “It is necessary for us to endure many afflictions in order to live in allegiance to God as our true king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is necessary for us to enter By **us**, Paul and Barnabas mean both themselves and of the believers they were speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-exclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 It is necessary for us to enter By **us**, Paul and Barnabas mean both themselves and the believers to whom they were speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 14 23 pk5l writing-pronouns χειροτονήσαντες…παρέθεντο…πεπιστεύκεισαν 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the new believers in the cities of Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch, and the pronoun **they** refer to Paul and Barnabas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “for the new believers in these cities … Paul and Barnabas entrusted these believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 23 mqp9 κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν 1 And when they had appointed for them elders in every church Alternate translation: “in each new group of believers” ACT 14 23 n81l writing-politeness τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) From d1c314dcebb6f176d74c425faa86206a9c0c2697 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:45:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 106/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 061af2de66..19a8da7c8c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ ACT 14 23 n81l writing-politeness τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 Luke is referring to Jesu ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 And when they had spoken the word in Perga Luke is using the term **word** to mean the message about Jesus that the Holy Spirit wanted Paul and Barnabas to share by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 14 25 h8sh figs-idiom κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 they went down to Attalia Luke says that Paul and Barnabas **went down** to Attalia because that city is lower in elevation than Perga. Alternate translation: “traveled to Attalia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 14 26 f2cg figs-activepassive ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been commended to the grace of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where the believers had commended them to the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 14 26 p2gd figs-abstractnouns ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where the believers had ask God to care for them graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 14 26 p2gd figs-abstractnouns ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where the believers had asked God to care for them graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 27 vcd3 writing-pronouns ἀνήγγελλον…αὐτῶν…ἤνοιξεν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to Paul and Barnabas, and the pronoun **he** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas were reporting… them… God had opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 27 qcl8 figs-idiom ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 In many languages it would be an idiom to say that God **had done** something with Paul and Barnabas. It would mean that they had been the objects of God’s action. But the expression is not an idiom here. It means that Paul and Barnabas had been able to work in partnership **with** God. Alternate translation: “how much they had been able to do working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 14 27 vymy figs-possession ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 Here, the possessive form describes not a **door** consisting of **faith** but a door that leads to faith. Alternate translation: “a door leading to faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From c867b353e625a46714da29bd8c850d51109f6a92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:45:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 19a8da7c8c..e1217318c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2136,7 +2136,7 @@ ACT 14 25 t513 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 And when they had spoken the w ACT 14 25 h8sh figs-idiom κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν 1 they went down to Attalia Luke says that Paul and Barnabas **went down** to Attalia because that city is lower in elevation than Perga. Alternate translation: “traveled to Attalia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 14 26 f2cg figs-activepassive ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 where they had been commended to the grace of God If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where the believers had commended them to the grace of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 14 26 p2gd figs-abstractnouns ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where the believers had asked God to care for them graciously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 14 27 vcd3 writing-pronouns ἀνήγγελλον…αὐτῶν…ἤνοιξεν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to Paul and Barnabas, and the pronoun **he** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas were reporting… them… God had opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 14 27 vcd3 writing-pronouns ἀνήγγελλον…αὐτῶν…ἤνοιξεν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to Paul and Barnabas, and the pronoun **he** refers to God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas were reporting … them … God had opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 14 27 qcl8 figs-idiom ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 In many languages it would be an idiom to say that God **had done** something with Paul and Barnabas. It would mean that they had been the objects of God’s action. But the expression is not an idiom here. It means that Paul and Barnabas had been able to work in partnership **with** God. Alternate translation: “how much they had been able to do working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 14 27 vymy figs-possession ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 Here, the possessive form describes not a **door** consisting of **faith** but a door that leads to faith. Alternate translation: “a door leading to faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles Here the expression **opened a door** means that God created an opportunity, as if a door that gave access to this opportunity had previously been closed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles an opportunity for faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2298a5289313a35d19600fd8a0e161755c3006c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 21:56:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e1217318c4..403c904faa 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2142,10 +2142,10 @@ ACT 14 27 vymy figs-possession ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύρ ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles Here the expression **opened a door** means that God created an opportunity, as if a door that gave access to this opportunity had previously been closed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles an opportunity for faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 14 27 xgvb figs-abstractnouns ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles the opportunity to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could take the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- Verses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.\n- Verses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.\n\nEven if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) \n\n## Special Concepts in this chapter\n\n### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?\n\nSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”\n +ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.\nVerses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.\n\nEven if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?\n\nSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”\n ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 1 p3k9 figs-idiom κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 coming down from Judea Luke speaks of these Jews ** coming down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “who had traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-metaphor ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-metaphor ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were teaching the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε 1 Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 1 lwbi figs-activepassive οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will not save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **little**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could states the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) From 54887f89ab2d8de6c1e8c1bbff157a6fbe95657f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:02:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 403c904faa..d81ae08821 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε 1 Unless ACT 15 1 lwbi figs-activepassive οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be God. Alternate translation, as in UST: “God will not save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **little**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could states the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως 1 not a little dispute and debate The terms **dispute** and **debate** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation, as in UST: “an argument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 15 2 w6tc writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτοὺς…ἔταξαν…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish believers from Judea, and the pronoun **they** and the second instance of the pronoun **them** refer to the believers in the church in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with the Jewish believers from Judea … the believers in Antioch appointed … from the church there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 15 2 w6tc writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτοὺς…ἔταξαν…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish believers from Judea, and the pronoun **they** and the second instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the church in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with the Jewish believers from Judea … the believers in Antioch appointed … from the church there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 2 ek6a figs-idiom ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain.. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ…προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the church had sent out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 2fc6f65111d4e7470d34555502976a8c58f104fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:34:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d81ae08821..ac7a02e533 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ ACT 13 7 pf5d translate-names Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ 1 The words **Sergius** ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 an intelligent man Luke provides this background information about Sergius Paulus to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 13 7 abck οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He summoned Alternate translation: “The proconsul summoned” ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-transliterate Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas “the magician” The word **Elymas** is an Arabic word that Bar-Jesus was using as another name. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds, and then he says what it means, **the Magician**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -ACT 13 8 qw4j figs-activepassive οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for that is how his name is translated If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for that is the meaning of his name in Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 13 8 qw4j figs-activepassive οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 for that is how his name is translated If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for that is how one translates his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here, **to turn** someone **away from** something is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 13 9 ey6d translate-names Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also Paul The word **Paul** is the name of a man. It is another name by which Saul called himself. **Saul** was his Jewish name, and **Paul** was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. (From this point on, Saul is called Paul in the book of Acts.) Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 9 fy7t figs-metaphor πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Luke is speaking of Paul as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “inspired by the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ ACT 15 1 lwbi figs-activepassive οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 If your ACT 15 2 abcr figs-litotes στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης 1 not a little dispute and debate Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **little**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could states the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a great dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως 1 not a little dispute and debate The terms **dispute** and **debate** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation, as in UST: “an argument” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 15 2 w6tc writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτοὺς…ἔταξαν…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 The first instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish believers from Judea, and the pronoun **they** and the second instance of the pronoun **them** refers to the believers in the church in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “with the Jewish believers from Judea … the believers in Antioch appointed … from the church there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 15 2 ek6a figs-idiom ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain.. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 15 2 ek6a figs-idiom ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ…προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the church had sent out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how many of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1666b758a3e0e8c65ce899ea64c3581b34312f7e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:42:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index ac7a02e533..edccf6904c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ ACT 15 2 w6tc writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτοὺς…ἔταξαν…ἐξ ACT 15 2 ek6a figs-idiom ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ…προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the church had sent out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how many of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how a number of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-abstractnouns ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 they brought great joy to all the brothers If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “making all the brothers very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 3 bbd4 figs-metaphor πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 3 c03o figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 The word **all** here may be a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to convey this general statement. Alternate translation: “to the believers in those places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From c873210a4a607cd2a049ea9d29b7621f9b14f991 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:43:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index edccf6904c..2a01dc861f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ ACT 15 2 w6tc writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτοὺς…ἔταξαν…ἐξ ACT 15 2 ek6a figs-idiom ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 to go up … in Jerusalem Luke says **to go up** because that was the customary way of speaking about traveling to Jerusalem, since that city is up on a mountain. Use a natural way in your language of referring to traveling to a higher elevation. Alternate translation: “to travel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ…προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones the church had sent out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how a number of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how some of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-abstractnouns ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 they brought great joy to all the brothers If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “making all the brothers very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 3 bbd4 figs-metaphor πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 3 c03o figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 The word **all** here may be a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to convey this general statement. Alternate translation: “to the believers in those places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) From 740493fff2ec335d6dcdc322828c2713542d63fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:50:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 2a01dc861f..70fdc9e1f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2156,8 +2156,8 @@ ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ…προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τ ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 who had been sent by the church Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 announcing the conversion of the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **conversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “describing how some of the Gentiles had stopped worshiping false gods and were now worshiping the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-abstractnouns ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 they brought great joy to all the brothers If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “making all the brothers very happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 15 3 bbd4 figs-metaphor πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 3 c03o figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 The word **all** here may be a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to convey this general statement. Alternate translation: “to the believers in those places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 15 3 bbd4 figs-metaphor πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 to all the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 3 c03o figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 The word **all** here may be a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different way to convey this general statement. Alternate translation: “in the believers in those places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the church the apostles and the elders welcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 4 jblr figs-metonymy τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Luke is using the phrase **the church** to mean the people who were associated with the church. Since he mentions the **apostles** and **elders** separately, here means the ordinary members of the church. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 4 a2x1 figs-idiom ὅσα ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them See how you translated this same expression in [14:27](../14/27.md). Alternate translation: “how much they had been able to do working together with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 023b6990c9e0d6ff1221232d540f8c8e75b717bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:54:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 70fdc9e1f0..75ca34b2ec 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύρα ACT 14 27 xgvb figs-abstractnouns ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles the opportunity to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could take the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.\nVerses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.\n\nEven if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?\n\nSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”\n -ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews who believed in Jesus." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 1 p3k9 figs-idiom κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 coming down from Judea Luke speaks of these Jews ** coming down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “who had traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-metaphor ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were teaching the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε 1 Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b5f2a72c32ae2b3f616b3b8a70791c41f8ba5bef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:56:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 75ca34b2ec..d830a2f886 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2759,7 +2759,7 @@ ACT 19 36 o0ul figs-activepassive κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν ACT 19 36 xj2n figs-explicit μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash The city clerk means implicitly that it would be **rash** for the people to do anything to harm Gaius and Aristarchus, as he says in the next verse. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “not to act impulsively and hurt the two men you have brought here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 36 s67q figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 rash If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative adjective **rash**. Alternate translation: “to be careful about what you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 19 37 cuhh translate-versebridge 0 In this verse, the city clerk is giving the reason why the people of Ephesus should not harm Gaius and Aristarchus impulsively. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 36–37. It might say something like this: “You brought these two men here even though they are neither temple-robbers nor blasphemers of our goddess. Therefore it is necessary for you to be calmed and to do nothing rash, since it is undeniable that people from throughout the world come to Ephesus to worship Artemis.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 19 37 s8a9 writing-pronouns τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The pronoun **these** refers to refers to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). While the city clerk does not refer to them by name, you could find a way to identify them for your readers. UST models one way to do this. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 19 37 s8a9 writing-pronouns τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The pronoun **these** refers to refers to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). While the city clerk does not refer to them by name, you could find a way to identify them for your readers. UST models one way to do this. The UST models one way to do this.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-metonymy ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have a word against anyone The city clerk is using the term **word** to mean an accusation that Demetrius might make against Gaius and Aristarchus by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wish to make an accusation against anyone” or “wish to bring a charge against anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 19 38 i14r figs-activepassive ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proconsuls are holding court sessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls The **proconsuls** were the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From d6e46c91ee043eb91c0fa5219fb7456389c2c2b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:09:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index d830a2f886..3585df809a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ ACT 15 4 a2x1 figs-idiom ὅσα ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ’ αὐ ACT 15 5 kras translate-names τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 The name **Pharisee** describes a member of a group of Jewish priests. See how you translated it in [5:34](../05/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 15 5 zcv0 πεπιστευκότες 1 Alternate translation: “who had believed in Jesus” ACT 15 5 crr7 translate-symaction ἐξανέστησαν 1 These believers **stood up** to indicate that they had something important to say. Alternate translation: “stood up to show that they had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 15 5 efe5 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…παραγγέλλειν 1 Both instances of the pronoun **them** refer to the Gentiles who had converted to belief in the true God, as described in [15:3](../15/03.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Gentiles who have converted…them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 15 5 efe5 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…παραγγέλλειν 1 Both instances of the pronoun **them** refer to the Gentiles who had converted to belief in the true God, as described in [15:3](../15/03.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these Gentiles who have converted … them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 6 gqt1 figs-activepassive συνήχθησάν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 6 ugu6 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν περὶ 1 to see about this matter Here the phrase **to see about** is an idiom that means “to consider.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 6 vcsc figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2759,7 +2759,7 @@ ACT 19 36 o0ul figs-activepassive κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν ACT 19 36 xj2n figs-explicit μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 to do nothing rash The city clerk means implicitly that it would be **rash** for the people to do anything to harm Gaius and Aristarchus, as he says in the next verse. You can include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “not to act impulsively and hurt the two men you have brought here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 19 36 s67q figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν 1 rash If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative word **nothing** and the negative adjective **rash**. Alternate translation: “to be careful about what you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 19 37 cuhh translate-versebridge 0 In this verse, the city clerk is giving the reason why the people of Ephesus should not harm Gaius and Aristarchus impulsively. To put the reason before the result, you could create a verse bridge for verses 36–37. It might say something like this: “You brought these two men here even though they are neither temple-robbers nor blasphemers of our goddess. Therefore it is necessary for you to be calmed and to do nothing rash, since it is undeniable that people from throughout the world come to Ephesus to worship Artemis.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) -ACT 19 37 s8a9 writing-pronouns τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The pronoun **these** refers to refers to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). While the city clerk does not refer to them by name, you could find a way to identify them for your readers. UST models one way to do this. The UST models one way to do this.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 19 37 s8a9 writing-pronouns τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους 1 these men The pronoun **these** refers to refers to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions ([Acts 19:29](../19/29.md)). While the city clerk does not refer to them by name, you could find a way to identify them for your readers. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 19 38 zkx5 figs-metonymy ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον 1 have a word against anyone The city clerk is using the term **word** to mean an accusation that Demetrius might make against Gaius and Aristarchus by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “wish to make an accusation against anyone” or “wish to bring a charge against anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 19 38 i14r figs-activepassive ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the proconsuls are holding court sessions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 38 szf7 translate-unknown ἀνθύπατοί 1 proconsuls The **proconsuls** were the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court. In your translation, you can use a term for someone in a comparable role in your culture. Alternate translation: “judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From cf659393a5390d6a450b05ec884d98815714e769 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:12:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 3585df809a..6a7e35fb78 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ ACT 15 5 efe5 writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς…παραγγέλλειν 1 Both ACT 15 6 gqt1 figs-activepassive συνήχθησάν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 6 ugu6 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν περὶ 1 to see about this matter Here the phrase **to see about** is an idiom that means “to consider.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 6 vcsc figs-metonymy τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the claim that the Jewish believers who were Pharisees had made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 7 zhco translate-symaction ἀναστὰς Πέτρος 1 Peter stood up to indicate that he had something important to say. If your readers might not understand the significance of this action, you could explain it in your translation. Alternate translation: “standing up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 15 7 zhco translate-symaction ἀναστὰς Πέτρος 1 Peter stood up to indicate that he had something important to say. If your readers might not understand the significance of this action, you could explain it in your translation. Alternate translation: “Peter, standing up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) ACT 15 7 c2q7 writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and elders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the apostles and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 7 s6ap figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 7 a6q9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Peter is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e04bfdae817b5114d33e76d243df69ae331e0c51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:14:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6a7e35fb78..975ffc3ac1 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2172,8 +2172,8 @@ ACT 15 7 zhco translate-symaction ἀναστὰς Πέτρος 1 Peter stood u ACT 15 7 c2q7 writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles and elders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the apostles and elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 7 s6ap figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 This is an idiomatic form of address. Use a way that is natural in your language to refer to a particular group of people. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 7 a6q9 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Peter is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 Both occurrences of **you** are plural, since they refer to the apostles and elders. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -ACT 15 7 hk4g writing-pronouns ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 Peter is stating the pronoun **you**, which is already implied in the verb **know**, for emphasis. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 Both occurrences of **you** are plural since they refer to the apostles and elders. So use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +ACT 15 7 hk4g writing-pronouns ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε 1 For emphasis, Peter is stating the pronoun **you**, which is already implied in the verb **know**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you know very well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 7 ftl9 figs-idiom ἀφ’ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων 1 Peter is using an idiom that refers to the time when something began or had its origin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at the time when the Gentiles would first begin to believe in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 7 s3wb figs-synecdoche διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 by my mouth Peter is using one part of himself, his **mouth**, to represent all of himself in the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “From me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 15 7 b5s8 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word of the gospel Peter is using the term **word** to mean the message that he shared by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68787d142f1389417b68ad6f323a8c4bcdcf8981 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:34:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 975ffc3ac1..815021833a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2184,9 +2184,9 @@ ACT 15 8 wlzx figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Peter is using the word **us** to ref ACT 15 9 zs2g figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν 1 he did not distinguish If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **distinguish**, which in this context means “discriminate.” Alternate translation: “he regarded them in the same way he regarded us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) ACT 15 9 jr3b figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Peter is using the word **us** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 having made their hearts clean by faith Peter speaks of God forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins as though God literally **cleansed** their hearts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having made them innocent because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 9 yi8r figs-metonymy τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, the word **hearts** represents the inner beings of the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having forgiven them deeply because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 9 yi8r figs-metonymy τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 Here, the word **hearts** represents the inner beings of the Gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having forgiven them because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now **Now** in this context does not mean “at this moment.” Peter is using the word to draw attention to the important point that follows. Alternate translation: “So tell me” -ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν…? 1 why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter is using the question form to challenge the believers who are Pharisees about what they want the Gentiles to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you must not test God…!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν…? 1 why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter is using the question form to challenge the believers who are Pharisees about what they want the Gentiles to do. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement, ending the verse with a period or exclamation point. Alternate translation: “you must not test God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 Peter is using the words **our** and **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 15 10 n2bv τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν…? 1 Here the word **testing** means **challenging**. Peter is saying that God has accepted the Gentiles without requiring them to be circumcised or keep the law, but the believers who are Pharisees are challenging God’s judgment that the Gentiles should be accepted on that basis. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “why are you challenging God” ACT 15 10 qpyd figs-metaphor ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 Peter is speaking as if the believers who are Pharisees literally want to put a **yoke** on the necks of the Gentile believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “requiring the disciples to meet an onerous obligation that neither our fathers nor we have been able to fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 134082524aeee538c01aa79254bd102afcf31c50 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:57:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 815021833a..acab79456f 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δ ACT 15 16 u0r6 figs-activepassive τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the tent of David that has fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Although the term **men** is masculine, God is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. You may wish to indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “the remnant of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord God is speaking as if the Gentiles would literally **seek** or look for him. The expression means that the Gentiles will begin to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may begin to worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord God is speaking as if the Gentiles would literally **seek** or look for him. The expression means that the Gentiles will begin to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may begin to worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 17 s6de figs-explicitinfo ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 It might seem that this phrase contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “upon whom my name has been called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom I have called by my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 my name See how you translated the similar expression in [15:14](../15/14.md). (1) Alternate translation: “who will belong to me” (2) Alternate translation: “who will worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From a5b0d80f8ffab61f98214fa677ade1cac8e119d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:57:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index acab79456f..815021833a 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δ ACT 15 16 u0r6 figs-activepassive τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the tent of David that has fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Although the term **men** is masculine, God is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. You may wish to indicate this in your translation. Alternate translation: “the remnant of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord God is speaking as if the Gentiles would literally **seek** or look for him. The expression means that the Gentiles will begin to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may begin to worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord God is speaking as if the Gentiles would literally **seek** or look for him. The expression means that the Gentiles will begin to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may begin to worship the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 17 s6de figs-explicitinfo ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 It might seem that this phrase contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “upon whom my name has been called” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom I have called by my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 my name See how you translated the similar expression in [15:14](../15/14.md). (1) Alternate translation: “who will belong to me” (2) Alternate translation: “who will worship me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f3ee47e899a07d24e4308b9514117ef90518c3fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 21:02:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 815021833a..09565f36fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ ACT 14 27 b4id figs-metaphor ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύρα ACT 14 27 xgvb figs-abstractnouns ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he had given the Gentiles the opportunity to believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 14 28 abcq figs-litotes χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον 1 for not a little time Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could take the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in UST: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 15 intro h917 0 # Acts 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1–35 tell how the church resolved the question of whether Gentiles who believed in Jesus needed to keep the whole law of Moses.\nVerses 36–41 tell how Paul began a new journey to proclaim the gospel, bringing Silas with him.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16–18.\n\nEven if your language does not customarily put one direct quotation inside another, it would be good to present the quotation from the prophet Amos in verses 16–18 as a direct quotation if possible, since in it God is speaking directly the people of Israel. Since Amos acknowledges in verse 17 that God is speaking by saying “says the Lord,” a third-level quotation actually starts in verse 16. ULT uses second-level and third-level quotation marks within the first-level quotation from James to identify the various speakers. But it may not be necessary to do this in your translation. You could just use second-level quotation marks or some other punctuation or convention available in your language to indicate the beginning and ending of the second-level quotation from Amos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) \n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Did Gentiles have to obey the law of Moses?\n\nSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised, so this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not believe that the Gentiles needed to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. The meeting that the apostles and elders held to decide about this issue is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.”\n -ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews who believed in Jesus." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit τινες 1 certain ones Luke assumes that his readers will recognize that these were Jews who believed in Jesus. You can include this information if your readers will need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “certain Jews who believed in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 1 p3k9 figs-idiom κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 coming down from Judea Luke speaks of these Jews ** coming down** to Antioch because that city is lower in elevation than Judea. Alternate translation: “who had traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-metaphor ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were teaching the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε 1 Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-personification ταῖς χρείαις μου…ὑπηρ ACT 20 34 izuu figs-ellipsis καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and to the needs of those who were with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 35 zibu figs-ellipsis πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I showed you all things in order to demonstrate that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 20 35 pvrm figs-hyperbole πάντα…ὅτι…δεῖ 1 Paul says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “consistently, that it is necessary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 20 35 b6o1 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “in all respects” or "in everything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 20 35 b6o1 figs-nominaladj πάντα 1 Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun. ULT adds the word **things** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: "all kinds of things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 20 35 d1bh figs-metonymy ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 Paul is referring to helping people by association with the way that someone might **take hold** of a person who was **weak** to keep him from falling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to help those who are weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 35 tr1d figs-rpronouns τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ , ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν 1 Paul is adding the word **himself** for emphasis. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the words that none other than our Lord Jesus spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Paul is using the term **words** to mean a statement that Jesus made by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the statement of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From d765be6080d77dfcb1d765ea99bcb0aaf32e431d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 21:07:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 09565f36fb..daf80f45bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ ACT 13 17 aaj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν 1 exalted the peopl ACT 13 17 vw4z figs-metonymy μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ 1 with an uplifted arm Here, **an uplifted arm** describes God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 18 zv9e translate-textvariants ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς 1 he put up with them This means “he put up with their disobedience.” Some ancient copies have a different word that means “he took care of them,” which makes sense, since in this part of his speech, Paul is listing all of the good things that God did for the Israelites. Paul would be quoting Deuteronomy 1:13 from a well-known Greek translation. If the reading **put up with them** is correct, Paul may be foreshadowing the warning he gives at the end of his speech in [13:40–41](../13/40.md). If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider using the reading in that translation. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the readings of ULT and UST. Alternate translation: “he took care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) ACT 13 19 nvp7 writing-pronouns κατεκληρονόμησεν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to God, the pronoun **them** refers to the Israelites, and the pronoun **their** refers to the seven nations that God destroyed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “God gave the Israelites for an inheritance the land that these seven nations had previously occupied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -ACT 13 20 xyg6 figs-ellipsis ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “All these events took place over a period of about 450 years.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 13 20 xyg6 figs-ellipsis ὡς ἔτεσι τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “All these events took place over a period of about 450 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 13 20 qmc8 figs-metonymy ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου 1 until Samuel the prophet This could mean: (1) that God gave the Israelites a series of judges and Samuel was the last of them. Alternate translation: “he gave them a series of judges ending with Samuel, who was also a prophet” (2) that the phrase ** Samuel the prophet** represents the time period associated with Samuel. Alternate translation: “until the time of Samuel the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 13 20 tb5w translate-names Σαμουὴλ 1 The word**Samuel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [3:24](../03/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 13 21 nrug translate-names τὸν Σαοὺλ…Κείς…Βενιαμείν 1 The word **Saul** is the name of a man. The word **Kish** is the name of another man, the father of Saul. The word **Benjamin** is the name of one of the tribes of Israel, the tribe to which Saul belonged. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From af9d62fa836e206ed30b3cc46f5a664d573db32f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 20:42:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index daf80f45bf..1a8029f23b 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2229,9 +2229,9 @@ ACT 15 20 qun9 figs-possession τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώ ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols James is likely talking about food that has been offered to **idols**, and he is speaking as if being offered to idols has polluted this food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating food that has been offered to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 20 brc2 figs-nominaladj καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ 1 James is using the adjective **strangled** as a noun to mean animals that have been killed by strangulation. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 15 20 h27f figs-metonymy τοῦ πνικτοῦ 1 James is referring by association to meat from animals that have been killed by strangulation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ 1 things that are strangled, and blood God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they tocould not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “and from eating the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ 1 things that are strangled, and blood God did not allow the Jews to consume blood in any form. Therefore, they could not eat the meat from an animal that had been strangled, because the blood would not have been properly drained from the body of the animal. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from eating the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation, because this meat still contains blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 20 llys figs-explicit καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 James is not saying that the Gentiles should have no contact at all with blood. Rather, he implicitly means that the Gentiles should not consume blood. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “and from consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is saying implicitly that Gentile believers should observe at least the four regulations he has listed because they embody essential aspects of the law of Moses (not worshipping idols, not practicing sexual immorality, and respecting the blood of sacrifices), and the law of Moses is well known because it is read aloud regularly in the Jewish synagogues. If the Gentiles did not observe even these regulations, that would upset Jewish believers and make Jews who were not yet believers more hostile to Christianity. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what James is saying. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is saying implicitly that Gentile believers should observe at least the four regulations he has listed because they embody essential aspects of the law of Moses (not worshiping idols, not practicing sexual immorality, and respecting the blood of sacrifices), and the law of Moses is well known because it is read aloud regularly in the Jewish synagogues. If the Gentiles did not observe even these regulations, that would upset Jewish believers and make Jews who were not yet believers more hostile to Christianity. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand what James is saying. UST models one way to do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy Μωϋσῆς…ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει…ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 Moses James is using the name **Moses** to mean the law associated with Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people have been proclaiming the law of Moses by city from ancient generations; it is read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 21 wp1s figs-activepassive ἀναγινωσκόμενος 1 Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “People read him” or “People read from the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-explicit κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The expression **by city** means “in every city,” and James implicitly means every city in which there are Jews. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “in every city in which there are Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ ACT 15 22 c711 translate-names Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρ ACT 15 22 s6lv figs-activepassive Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Judas, whom people called Barsabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 22 ywen translate-names Σιλᾶν 1 The word **Silas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 15 22 s6d8 figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the members of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 15 23 k6cq figs-metonymy γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 Luke does not mean that the apostles and elders ask Judas and Silas to write out this letter for them. Rather, Luke is using the word **hand** you mean that Judas and Silas carried the letter and delivered it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sending the following letter with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 23 k6cq figs-metonymy γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 Luke does not mean that the apostles and elders ask Judas and Silas to write out this letter for them. Rather, Luke is using the word **hand** to mean that Judas and Silas carried the letter and delivered it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sending the following letter with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 23 xz3f figs-youdual χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 Since Luke is referring to two people, it might be more natural in your language to use the dual or plural form here, as your language may require. Alternate translation: “their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν 1 The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings This is the introduction of the letter. In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language and culture may have its own way of introducing the author of a letter and saying to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers” ACT 15 23 kp51 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers … brothers The apostles and elders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. By doing this, they are assuring the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a30146155c2c0e5af404a2af84eda3274864f6bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 20:46:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 1a8029f23b..e97ae753d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2247,7 +2247,7 @@ ACT 15 23 e4g2 οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ACT 15 23 kp51 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς 1 brothers … brothers The apostles and elders are using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. By doing this, they are assuring the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia The words **Syria** and **Cilicia** are the names of Roman provinces. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive ἠκούσαμεν… ἡμῶν…οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 Here and in the rest of the letter, by **we** and **us** (and “our”), the apostles and elders mean themselves and probably the rest of the church in Jerusalem, but not the Gentiles to whom they are writing, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 15 24 p1tl figs-explicit ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 that certain ones The apostles and elders seem to mean implicitly that these people have gone out from their community, but not from among themselves. That is, the word **some** refers to people who were part of the church in Jerusalem would you dear, but who were not apostles or elders. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from our community” or “from here in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 24 p1tl figs-explicit ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 that certain ones The apostles and elders seem to mean implicitly that these people have gone out from their community, but not from among themselves. That is, the word **some** refers to people who were part of the church in Jerusalem, but who were not apostles or elders. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from our community” or “from here in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 24 hbw5 figs-metonymy λόγοις 1 The apostles and elders are using the term **words** to mean what the people who have gone out from them have been teaching by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they have been teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls The apostles and elders are using one part of the people to home they are writing, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “upsetting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 15 26 gldi figs-explicit ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσι 1 By **men**, the letter implicitly means Paul and Barnabas. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas have handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 73bc20588148a69dc462f403bd33319a1d8b8c93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 20:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index e97ae753d0..8a6d92af24 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ ACT 15 23 php8 translate-names Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν 1 Cilicia ACT 15 24 g8m9 figs-exclusive ἠκούσαμεν… ἡμῶν…οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 Here and in the rest of the letter, by **we** and **us** (and “our”), the apostles and elders mean themselves and probably the rest of the church in Jerusalem, but not the Gentiles to whom they are writing, so use the exclusive forms of those words in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 15 24 p1tl figs-explicit ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 that certain ones The apostles and elders seem to mean implicitly that these people have gone out from their community, but not from among themselves. That is, the word **some** refers to people who were part of the church in Jerusalem, but who were not apostles or elders. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “from our community” or “from here in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 24 hbw5 figs-metonymy λόγοις 1 The apostles and elders are using the term **words** to mean what the people who have gone out from them have been teaching by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they have been teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls The apostles and elders are using one part of the people to home they are writing, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “upsetting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls The apostles and elders are using one part of the people to whom they are writing, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “upsetting you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) ACT 15 26 gldi figs-explicit ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσι 1 By **men**, the letter implicitly means Paul and Barnabas. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas have handed over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 26 dhj8 figs-metonymy παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 The letter is using the term **souls** to mean the lives of Paul and Barnabas, by association with the way a living person has a soul. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having handed over their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 26 dinn figs-metaphor παραδεδωκόσι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 The letter is speaking as if Paul and Barnabas have literally **handed over** their lives. This means that they have been willing to risk their lives. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having put their lives at risk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1035bb7ca4b662e47d356e0b97e670d9417174a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 21:00:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 8a6d92af24..788c9b6676 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit διὰ λόγου 1 they are reporting to you the ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον…βάρος 1 to be laid upon you no greater burden than these necessary things The letter is speaking of the restrictions it describes as if they were a physical **burden** that the Gentiles would need to carry. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no greater obligation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 28 bx90 figs-activepassive μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to lay no greater burden upon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 29 nt7s figs-nominaladj εἰδωλοθύτων 1 things sacrificed to idols The letter is using the adjective **sacrificed**, with the qualifier **to idols**, as a noun to mean the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood See how you translated this term in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood See how you translated **blood** in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled See how you translated this expression in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 15 29 buy9 figs-imperative ἔρρωσθε 1 Farewell This is an imperative, but it communicates a friendly wish rather than a command. This was the customary way of ending a letter in this culture. Your language may have its own way of ending a letter that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον 1 when they were dismissed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once the apostles and elders had dismissed them, they came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4f432d98de5638ced85fd4f2939e56523d4e8e5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 21:03:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 788c9b6676..79993521d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2260,7 +2260,7 @@ ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον…βάρος 1 to be laid up ACT 15 28 bx90 figs-activepassive μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to lay no greater burden upon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 29 nt7s figs-nominaladj εἰδωλοθύτων 1 things sacrificed to idols The letter is using the adjective **sacrificed**, with the qualifier **to idols**, as a noun to mean the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols. (ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood See how you translated **blood** in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “consuming blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled See how you translated this expression in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled See how you translated **the strangled** in [15:20](../15/20.md). Alternate translation: “the meat of animals that have been killed by strangulation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) ACT 15 29 buy9 figs-imperative ἔρρωσθε 1 Farewell This is an imperative, but it communicates a friendly wish rather than a command. This was the customary way of ending a letter in this culture. Your language may have its own way of ending a letter that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον 1 when they were dismissed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “once the apostles and elders had dismissed them, they came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 30 c3uk οἱ 1 So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch The pronoun **they** refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ ACT 15 30 oh4g figs-go κατῆλθον 1 You may wish to retain the idiom for ACT 15 30 yl8v figs-explicit τὸ πλῆθος 1 Luke assumes that his readers will know that by **the crowd**, he means the people of the church in Antioch. You can include this information if your readers need it to understand this sentence. Alternate translation: “the people of the church in Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 31 k1mr writing-pronouns ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced The pronoun **they** refers to the believers in Antioch. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the believers in Antioch rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **encouragement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they were so encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 15 32 r65l figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες 1 also being prophets themselves When Luke says **also**, he means implicitly that Judas and Silas were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were [13:1](../13/01.md). You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “who were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 15 32 r65l figs-explicit καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες 1 also being prophets themselves When Luke says **also**, he means implicitly that Judas and Silas were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were [13:1](../13/01.md). You can include this information if your readers need it to understand the sentence. Alternate translation: “who were prophets as Paul and Barnabas were prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 15 32 e2en figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 15 32 frea figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ…καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν 1 Luke is using the term **word** to mean a message of encouragement that Judas and Silas spoke to the believers in Antioch by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by speaking to them at length to strengthen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 32 j99g figs-metaphor ἐπεστήριξαν 1 strengthened them Luke does not mean that Judas and Silas strengthened the believers physically but that they strengthened them spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthened them in their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1a0e4bd8fe8b58e58988fd934fc5d37db9f55500 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 21:14:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 79993521d9..6928bb7873 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word ACT 15 36 k08n writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 15 36 y9i9 figs-ellipsis πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 how they are Paul is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, with no comma preceding: “to see how they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it wise not to take along him Luke is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “Paul was thinking it would be foolish to take him with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -ACT 15 39 u97a figs-activepassive ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων; τόν τε Βαρναβᾶν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μᾶρκον, ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον 1 And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other If your language does not use the passive form **to be separated**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they separated from each other and Barnabas, taking Mark with him sailed away to Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 15 39 u97a figs-activepassive ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων; τόν τε Βαρναβᾶν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μᾶρκον, ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον 1 And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other If your language does not use the passive form **to be separated**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they separated from each other and Barnabas, taking Mark with him, sailed away to Cyprus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς…ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after the brothers had commended him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 15 40 tt2w figs-abstractnouns τῇ χάριτι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the gracious care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 15 40 xkjo writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) From 423213e5fbc8b59059deb266dc3874b013a110fc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 19 Oct 2022 21:15:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 130/130] Edit 'en_tn_45-ACT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_45-ACT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 6928bb7873..af9525224c 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -2292,7 +2292,7 @@ ACT 15 40 tt2w figs-abstractnouns τῇ χάριτι 1 If your language does no ACT 15 40 xkjo writing-politeness τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Use a form for addressing someone respectfully in your language. Alternate translation: “of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]]) ACT 15 41 cbat writing-pronouns διήρχετο 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Paul. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “Paul was going through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-synecdoche διήρχετο 1 he went through Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went through” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 15 41 s7yf figs-metonymy ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 Luke is using the term **churches** to refer to the people associated with the churches.If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 15 41 s7yf figs-metonymy ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 Luke is using the term **churches** to refer to the people associated with the churches. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Luke does not mean that Paul and Silas strengthened the people of the churches physically but that they strengthened them spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “strengthening the people of the churches in their faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting- Verses 1–5 describe how Paul began his second missionary journey and met Timothy and brought him along with him.- Verses 6–12 describe how the Holy Spirit led Paul and his companions to share the gospel in the city of Philippi- Verses 13–40 describe how Paul and Silas made disciples in Philippi, delivered a young woman from an evil spirit, and were imprisoned but miraculously released. Acts [16:5](../16/05.md) is a summary statement that Luke uses to mark the transition into the fourth major part of the book.\n\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Timothy’s circumcision\n\nPaul circumcised Timothy because he and Silas were telling the message of Jesus to Jews as well as to Gentiles. Many Jews would have been so offended that Timothy was not circumcised, even though his mother was Jewish, that they would not have listened to the message. Paul felt that he could have Timothy circumcised as a discretionary matter to remove an offense to hearing the gospel, even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Gentile believers did not have to be circumcised.\n\n ACT 16 1 m5tb figs-synecdoche κατήντησεν…καὶ 1 Luke says **he**, meaning Paul, to refer both to Paul and to Silas, who was traveling with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas also came down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])